Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

bid+form

  • 61 farewell

    fare·well [ˌfeəʼwel, Am ˌferʼ-] interj
    ( form) leb wohl ( geh)
    \farewell, until we meet again leb wohl, bis bald;
    to bid [or say] \farewell to sb/ sth sich akk von jdm/etw verabschieden n Lebwohlsagen nt kein pl veraltet ( geh), Verabschieden nt kein pl;
    to bid sb a fond \farewell sich akk herzlich von jdm verabschieden;
    to bid sb a last \farewell von jdm Abschied nehmen n
    modifier (dinner, gift, kiss) Abschied[s]-;
    \farewell hug Umarmung f zum Abschied;
    a \farewell party eine Abschiedsparty

    English-German students dictionary > farewell

  • 62 tratar

    v.
    1 to treat (comportarse con) (persona, objeto).
    ¿qué tal te trataron? how were you treated?
    El médico trata al paciente The doctor treats=cures the patient.
    2 to have dealings or contact with.
    la traté muy poco I didn't have much to do with her
    3 to treat (tema, asunto).
    eso lo tienes que tratar con el jefe that's something you'll have to discuss with the boss
    4 to treat.
    5 to treat (agua, sustancia, alimento).
    6 to process (computing) (datos, información).
    Ellos tratan el cuero They process the leather.
    7 to deal.
    Las empresas trataron The companies made a deal.
    8 to try, to make a trial, to attempt it, to attempt.
    Ella trató por mucho tiempo She tried for a long time.
    9 to handle, to maneuver, to manoeuvre.
    Ellos tratan sus pensamientos They handle their thoughts.
    * * *
    1 (gen - objeto) to treat, handle; (- persona) to treat
    2 (asunto, tema) to discuss, deal with
    3 (gestionar) to handle, run
    4 (dar tratamiento) to address as
    5 (calificar, considerar) to consider, call
    6 MEDICINA to treat
    7 (datos, texto) to process
    8 QUÍMICA to treat
    1 (relacionarse) to be acquainted ( con, with), know ( con, -)
    2 (tener tratos) to deal ( con, with)
    3 (negociar) to negotiate ( con, with)
    4 (intentar) to try (de, to)
    5 (versar) to be about
    ■ trata de/sobre espías it's about spies
    6 COMERCIO to deal (en, in)
    1 (relacionarse) to talk to each other, be on speaking terms
    2 (llamarse) to address each other as, call each other
    3 (referirse) to be about
    \
    se trata de... it's a question of..., it's a matter of...
    * * *
    verb
    •
    - tratar de
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) [+ persona, animal, objeto] to treat

    hay que tratar a los animales con cariño — animals should be given plenty of affection, animals should be treated lovingly

    te dejo la cámara, pero trátala bien — I'll let you have the camera, but be careful with it o treat it carefully

    la vida la ha tratado muy bien — life has been very kind to her, life has treated her very well

    • tratar a algn de loco — to treat sb like a madman

    2) (=llamar)

    ¿cómo le tenemos que tratar cuando nos hable? — how should we address him when he speaks to us?

    • tratar a algn de algo — to call sb sth

    tratar a algn de tú/usted — to address sb as "tú"/"usted"

    3) (=relacionarse con)

    tratar a algn: ya no lo trato — I no longer have any dealings with him

    me cae bien, pero no la he tratado mucho — I like her, but I haven't had a lot to do with her

    4) (Med) [+ paciente, enfermedad] to treat

    ¿qué médico te está tratando? — which doctor is giving you treatment?

    5) [+ tejido, madera, residuos] to treat
    6) (=discutir) [+ tema] to deal with; [+ acuerdo, paz] to negotiate
    7) (Inform) to process
    2. VI
    1)

    • tratar de — [libro] to be about, deal with; [personas] to talk about, discuss

    2) (=intentar)

    • tratar de hacer algo — to try to do sth

    • tratar de que, trataré de que esta sea la última vez — I'll try to make sure that this is the last time

    3) (=relacionarse)

    • tratar con algn, trato con todo tipo de gente — I deal with all sorts of people

    4) (Com)

    • tratar con o en algo — to deal in sth

    trataban con o en pieles — they dealt in furs, they were involved in the fur trade

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) ( intentar) to try

    tratar de + inf — to try to + inf

    tratar de que + subj: trata de que queden a la misma altura try to get them level; trataré de que no vuelva a suceder — I'll try to make sure it doesn't happen again

    2) obra/libro/película

    ¿de qué trata el libro? — what's the book about?

    3) (tener contacto, relaciones)
    4) (Com)
    2.
    tratar vt
    1)
    a) <persona/animal/instrumento> (+ compl) to treat
    b) ( llamar)

    tratar a alguien de usted/tú — to address somebody using the polite usted or the more familiar tú form

    3) <tema/asunto> to deal with
    4)
    a) <paciente/enfermedad> to treat
    b) <sustancia/metal> to treat
    3.
    tratarse v pron
    1)
    a)

    tratarse con alguien — ( ser amigo de) to be friendly with somebody; ( alternar) to socialize o mix with somebody

    b) (recípr)
    2) (+ compl)
    a) (recípr)

    se tratan de usted/tú — they address each other as `usted'/`tu'

    se tratan sin ningún respeto — they have o show no respect for each other

    b) (refl) ( cuidarse)

    tratarse bien/mal — to look after oneself well/not to look after oneself

    3) (Med) to have o undergo treatment
    4) tratarse de (en 3a pers)
    a) ( ser acerca de) to be about

    ¿de qué se trata? — what's it about?

    se trata de arreglar la situación, no de discutir — we're supposed to be settling things, not arguing

    si sólo se trata de eso... — if that's all it is...

    * * *
    = address, approach, consider (as), cover, discuss, focus on/upon, get to, go into, handle, manipulate, tackle, treat, turn to, broach, give + treatment, play with, speak to, treat, pick up on, meet.
    Nota: Verbo irregular: pasado y participio met.
    Ex. The inclusion of vendors and publishers allows everyone to address sticky business relationships head-on.
    Ex. The searcher may be the end user, but the end user is approaching the search in some ignorance of his real requirements, or of the literature that might be available to meet those requirements.
    Ex. A book index is an alphabetically arranged list of words or terms leading the reader to the numbers of pages on which specific topics are considered, or on which specific names appear.
    Ex. The schedules are divided into two parts, one covering music scores and parts and the other concerned with music literature.
    Ex. This review also illustrates some of the issues which cataloguers have discussed over the years, and demonstrates other solutions to standards in cataloguing than those embodied in modern cataloguing codes.
    Ex. In a text such as this which focuses primarily upon controlled indexing languages and systems it is difficult to place natural language indexing in a appropriate context.
    Ex. 'I'll get to that, I promise! but right now I have a budget to work on!'.
    Ex. Although the description given here is quite lengthy, many points are glossed over, and the Manual goes into these and a number of others at length.
    Ex. An author's name is usually shorter than a title, and thus is arguably easier to handle and remember.
    Ex. Different stores offer access to distinct types of information or data and permit the information to be manipulated to varying extents.
    Ex. Chapter 2 tackles books, pamphlets and printed sheets, and chapter 3 is dedicated to cartographic materials.
    Ex. In troubleshooting, it is important to treat the cause as well as the symptom of the problem = En la solución de problemas, es importante tratar tanto la causa como el síntoma del problema.
    Ex. We shall turn to this distinction very shortly.
    Ex. Some of the consequences of this conclusion are broached in this article.
    Ex. Equally serious, authors are often too close to the paper to give it an objective treatment.
    Ex. In this five-day workshop we will play with the design and building of non-traditional interface solutions.
    Ex. Numerous articles in the library literature speak to this phenomenon but most deal with the experience of larger libraries.
    Ex. The author studies the factors which have impeded the spread of information on the use of thioctic acid to treat mushroom poisoning.
    Ex. The report picks up on this as a surprising finding, suggesting implicitly that open access journals are lagging behind in this regard.
    Ex. There may be a threat of over-capacity; if so, this could be met by diversification, an enlargement of the SLIS role.
    ----
    * aguas residuales sin tratar = raw sewage, raw waste water.
    * atreverse a tratar = dare to + tread.
    * como si (se tratase de) = as if.
    * continuar tratando = pursue + Nombre + further.
    * cuando se trata de + Infinitivo = when it comes to + Gerundio.
    * de qué se trata = what it's all about.
    * difícil de tratar = unruly.
    * empezar a tratar = scratch + the surface of, scrape + the surface.
    * manera de tratar = avenue of approach.
    * no atraverse a tratar = fear to + tread.
    * ponerse a tratar + Algo = get down to + Nombre.
    * que trata de = surrounding.
    * seguir tratando = discuss + further.
    * sin tratar = untreated.
    * temer tratar = fear to + tread.
    * tratar Algo = get down to + Nombre, be under consideration.
    * tratar algo en detalle = go into + Algo + at length.
    * tratar Algo en profundidad = go into + Algo + at length.
    * tratar Algo imparcialmente = treat + Nombre + with an even hand.
    * tratar Algo justamente = treat + Nombre + with an even hand.
    * tratar Algo sin parcialismo = treat + Nombre + with an even hand.
    * tratar Algo sin rodeos = address + Nombre + head-on, meet + Nombre + head-on, tackle + Nombre + head-on, face + Nombre + head-on.
    * tratar Algo supercialmente = dabble in.
    * tratar como un objeto = objectify.
    * tratar como un personaje = lionise [lionize, -USA].
    * tratar (con) = negotiate (with).
    * tratar con bondad = kill + Nombre + with kindness, smother + Nombre + with kindness.
    * tratar con cloro = chlorinate.
    * tratar con condescendencia = patronise [patronize, -USA], condescend.
    * tratar con más detalle = discuss + in greater detail.
    * tratar con precaución = approach + with caution.
    * tratar con prudencia = treat with + caution, view with + caution.
    * tratar con respeto = treat with + respect.
    * tratar de = be about, be concerned with, deal with, take up, bear on, deal in.
    * tratar de abarcar más de lo que se puede = bite off more than + Pronombre + can chew.
    * tratar de ganar tiempo = temporise [temporize, -USA], play for + time.
    * tratar de igual modo = treat as + equal.
    * tratar de ligar = chat up.
    * tratar de no llamar la atención = keep + a low profile, lie + low.
    * tratar de pasar desapercibido = keep + a low profile, lie + low.
    * tratar de pasar inadvertido = keep + a low profile, lie + low.
    * tratar detalladamente = cover + in detail.
    * tratar de un modo sentimental = sentimentalise [sentimentalize, -USA].
    * tratar de un modo urgente = fast track.
    * tratar en detalle = treat + at length, discuss + at length.
    * tratar en profundidad = treat + in detail.
    * tratar específicamente = target.
    * tratar información = handle + information.
    * tratar injustamente = malign.
    * tratar justamente = treat + fairly.
    * tratar la cuestión de = get to + the issue of.
    * tratar la posibilidad de = discuss + the possibility of.
    * tratar ligeramente = skim + the surface of, touch on/upon.
    * tratar magníficamente = do + more than justice.
    * tratar mal = maltreat, manhandle.
    * tratar muy por encima = scratch + the surface of, scrape + the surface.
    * tratar por todos los medios de = take + (great) pains to.
    * tratar por todos los medios de + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * tratarse de = come down to, be a question of.
    * tratar severamente = mete out + harsh treatment.
    * tratar síntomas = treat + symptoms.
    * tratar superficialmente = gloss over, scratch + the surface of, scrape + the surface.
    * tratar una cuestión = address + constraint, address + issue, address + question, consider + issue, tackle + issue, address + concern, deal with + issue, broach + issue, broach + question, grapple with + issue.
    * tratar una cuestión ligeramente = touch on/upon + issue.
    * tratar un asunto = deal with + issue.
    * tratar un problema = address + problem, deal with + problem, handle + problem, tackle + problem, address + limitation, grapple with + problem, treat + problem, address + concern.
    * tratar un problema de pasada = touch on/upon + problem.
    * tratar un tema = broach + subject, broach + topic, address + theme, address + topic.
    * tratar un tema conocido = tread + familiar ground.
    * tratar un tema en detalle = go into + detail.
    * volver a tratar = revisit.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) ( intentar) to try

    tratar de + inf — to try to + inf

    tratar de que + subj: trata de que queden a la misma altura try to get them level; trataré de que no vuelva a suceder — I'll try to make sure it doesn't happen again

    2) obra/libro/película

    ¿de qué trata el libro? — what's the book about?

    3) (tener contacto, relaciones)
    4) (Com)
    2.
    tratar vt
    1)
    a) <persona/animal/instrumento> (+ compl) to treat
    b) ( llamar)

    tratar a alguien de usted/tú — to address somebody using the polite usted or the more familiar tú form

    3) <tema/asunto> to deal with
    4)
    a) <paciente/enfermedad> to treat
    b) <sustancia/metal> to treat
    3.
    tratarse v pron
    1)
    a)

    tratarse con alguien — ( ser amigo de) to be friendly with somebody; ( alternar) to socialize o mix with somebody

    b) (recípr)
    2) (+ compl)
    a) (recípr)

    se tratan de usted/tú — they address each other as `usted'/`tu'

    se tratan sin ningún respeto — they have o show no respect for each other

    b) (refl) ( cuidarse)

    tratarse bien/mal — to look after oneself well/not to look after oneself

    3) (Med) to have o undergo treatment
    4) tratarse de (en 3a pers)
    a) ( ser acerca de) to be about

    ¿de qué se trata? — what's it about?

    se trata de arreglar la situación, no de discutir — we're supposed to be settling things, not arguing

    si sólo se trata de eso... — if that's all it is...

    * * *
    tratar (con)

    Ex: Their purposes was to settle the disputes between the members, to negotiate with master, to accumulate and disburse a benevolent fund, and to exact contributions for drinks and parties.

    = address, approach, consider (as), cover, discuss, focus on/upon, get to, go into, handle, manipulate, tackle, treat, turn to, broach, give + treatment, play with, speak to, treat, pick up on, meet.
    Nota: Verbo irregular: pasado y participio met.

    Ex: The inclusion of vendors and publishers allows everyone to address sticky business relationships head-on.

    Ex: The searcher may be the end user, but the end user is approaching the search in some ignorance of his real requirements, or of the literature that might be available to meet those requirements.
    Ex: A book index is an alphabetically arranged list of words or terms leading the reader to the numbers of pages on which specific topics are considered, or on which specific names appear.
    Ex: The schedules are divided into two parts, one covering music scores and parts and the other concerned with music literature.
    Ex: This review also illustrates some of the issues which cataloguers have discussed over the years, and demonstrates other solutions to standards in cataloguing than those embodied in modern cataloguing codes.
    Ex: In a text such as this which focuses primarily upon controlled indexing languages and systems it is difficult to place natural language indexing in a appropriate context.
    Ex: 'I'll get to that, I promise! but right now I have a budget to work on!'.
    Ex: Although the description given here is quite lengthy, many points are glossed over, and the Manual goes into these and a number of others at length.
    Ex: An author's name is usually shorter than a title, and thus is arguably easier to handle and remember.
    Ex: Different stores offer access to distinct types of information or data and permit the information to be manipulated to varying extents.
    Ex: Chapter 2 tackles books, pamphlets and printed sheets, and chapter 3 is dedicated to cartographic materials.
    Ex: In troubleshooting, it is important to treat the cause as well as the symptom of the problem = En la solución de problemas, es importante tratar tanto la causa como el síntoma del problema.
    Ex: We shall turn to this distinction very shortly.
    Ex: Some of the consequences of this conclusion are broached in this article.
    Ex: Equally serious, authors are often too close to the paper to give it an objective treatment.
    Ex: In this five-day workshop we will play with the design and building of non-traditional interface solutions.
    Ex: Numerous articles in the library literature speak to this phenomenon but most deal with the experience of larger libraries.
    Ex: The author studies the factors which have impeded the spread of information on the use of thioctic acid to treat mushroom poisoning.
    Ex: The report picks up on this as a surprising finding, suggesting implicitly that open access journals are lagging behind in this regard.
    Ex: There may be a threat of over-capacity; if so, this could be met by diversification, an enlargement of the SLIS role.
    * aguas residuales sin tratar = raw sewage, raw waste water.
    * atreverse a tratar = dare to + tread.
    * como si (se tratase de) = as if.
    * continuar tratando = pursue + Nombre + further.
    * cuando se trata de + Infinitivo = when it comes to + Gerundio.
    * de qué se trata = what it's all about.
    * difícil de tratar = unruly.
    * empezar a tratar = scratch + the surface of, scrape + the surface.
    * manera de tratar = avenue of approach.
    * no atraverse a tratar = fear to + tread.
    * ponerse a tratar + Algo = get down to + Nombre.
    * que trata de = surrounding.
    * seguir tratando = discuss + further.
    * sin tratar = untreated.
    * temer tratar = fear to + tread.
    * tratar Algo = get down to + Nombre, be under consideration.
    * tratar algo en detalle = go into + Algo + at length.
    * tratar Algo en profundidad = go into + Algo + at length.
    * tratar Algo imparcialmente = treat + Nombre + with an even hand.
    * tratar Algo justamente = treat + Nombre + with an even hand.
    * tratar Algo sin parcialismo = treat + Nombre + with an even hand.
    * tratar Algo sin rodeos = address + Nombre + head-on, meet + Nombre + head-on, tackle + Nombre + head-on, face + Nombre + head-on.
    * tratar Algo supercialmente = dabble in.
    * tratar como un objeto = objectify.
    * tratar como un personaje = lionise [lionize, -USA].
    * tratar (con) = negotiate (with).
    * tratar con bondad = kill + Nombre + with kindness, smother + Nombre + with kindness.
    * tratar con cloro = chlorinate.
    * tratar con condescendencia = patronise [patronize, -USA], condescend.
    * tratar con más detalle = discuss + in greater detail.
    * tratar con precaución = approach + with caution.
    * tratar con prudencia = treat with + caution, view with + caution.
    * tratar con respeto = treat with + respect.
    * tratar de = be about, be concerned with, deal with, take up, bear on, deal in.
    * tratar de abarcar más de lo que se puede = bite off more than + Pronombre + can chew.
    * tratar de ganar tiempo = temporise [temporize, -USA], play for + time.
    * tratar de igual modo = treat as + equal.
    * tratar de ligar = chat up.
    * tratar de no llamar la atención = keep + a low profile, lie + low.
    * tratar de pasar desapercibido = keep + a low profile, lie + low.
    * tratar de pasar inadvertido = keep + a low profile, lie + low.
    * tratar detalladamente = cover + in detail.
    * tratar de un modo sentimental = sentimentalise [sentimentalize, -USA].
    * tratar de un modo urgente = fast track.
    * tratar en detalle = treat + at length, discuss + at length.
    * tratar en profundidad = treat + in detail.
    * tratar específicamente = target.
    * tratar información = handle + information.
    * tratar injustamente = malign.
    * tratar justamente = treat + fairly.
    * tratar la cuestión de = get to + the issue of.
    * tratar la posibilidad de = discuss + the possibility of.
    * tratar ligeramente = skim + the surface of, touch on/upon.
    * tratar magníficamente = do + more than justice.
    * tratar mal = maltreat, manhandle.
    * tratar muy por encima = scratch + the surface of, scrape + the surface.
    * tratar por todos los medios de = take + (great) pains to.
    * tratar por todos los medios de + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * tratarse de = come down to, be a question of.
    * tratar severamente = mete out + harsh treatment.
    * tratar síntomas = treat + symptoms.
    * tratar superficialmente = gloss over, scratch + the surface of, scrape + the surface.
    * tratar una cuestión = address + constraint, address + issue, address + question, consider + issue, tackle + issue, address + concern, deal with + issue, broach + issue, broach + question, grapple with + issue.
    * tratar una cuestión ligeramente = touch on/upon + issue.
    * tratar un asunto = deal with + issue.
    * tratar un problema = address + problem, deal with + problem, handle + problem, tackle + problem, address + limitation, grapple with + problem, treat + problem, address + concern.
    * tratar un problema de pasada = touch on/upon + problem.
    * tratar un tema = broach + subject, broach + topic, address + theme, address + topic.
    * tratar un tema conocido = tread + familiar ground.
    * tratar un tema en detalle = go into + detail.
    * volver a tratar = revisit.

    * * *
    tratar [A1 ]
    vi
    A (intentar) to try tratar DE + INF to try to + INF
    trate de comprender try to o ( colloq) try and understand
    traten de no llegar tarde try not to be late
    tratar DE QUE + SUBJ:
    trata de que queden a la misma altura try to o ( colloq) try and get them level
    trataré de que no vuelva a suceder I'll try to make sure it doesn't happen again
    B
    «obra/libro/película»: tratar DEor SOBRE algo: ¿de qué trata el libro? what's the book about?
    la conferencia tratará sobre medicina alternativa the lecture will deal with o will be on the subject of alternative medicine, the theme of the lecture will be alternative medicine
    C (tener contacto, relaciones) tratar CON algn to deal WITH sb
    en mi trabajo trato con gente de todo tipo in my job I deal with o come into contact with all kinds of people
    tratar con él no es nada fácil he's not at all easy to get on with
    prefiero tratar directamente con el fabricante I prefer to deal directly with the manufacturer
    D ( Com) tratar EN algo to deal IN sth
    tratar en joyas/antigüedades to deal in jewels/antiques
    los mercaderes que trataban en esclavos/pieles the merchants who dealt o traded in slaves/furs
    ■ tratar
    vt
    A
    1 ‹persona/animal/instrumento› (+ compl) to treat
    me tratan muy bien/como si fuera de la familia they treat me very well/as if I were one of the family
    trata la guitarra con más cuidado be more careful with the guitar
    ¿me estás tratando de mentiroso? are you calling me a liar?
    a mi suegro nunca lo he tratado de usted I've never called my father-in-law `usted'
    B ‹persona›
    (frecuentar): lo trataba cuando era joven I saw quite a lot of him when I was young
    nunca lo he tratado I have never had any contact with him o any dealings with him
    C ‹tema/asunto›
    vamos a tratar primero los puntos de mayor urgencia let's deal with o discuss the more pressing issues first
    no sé cómo tratar esta cuestión I don't know how to deal with o handle this matter
    el libro trata la Revolución Francesa desde una óptica inusual the book looks at the French Revolution from an unusual angle
    esto no se puede tratar delante de los niños we can't discuss this in front of the children
    D
    1 ‹paciente/enfermedad› to treat
    2 ‹sustancia/metal/madera› to treat
    cultivos tratados con insectidas crops treated with insecticides
    A (relacionarse, tener contacto)
    1 tratarse CON algn:
    no me gusta la gente con la que se trata I don't like the people he mixes with
    se trata con gente de la alta sociedad she socializes o mixes with people from high society, she moves in high circles
    ¿tú te tratas con los Rucabado? are you friendly with the Rucabados?
    2 ( recípr):
    somos parientes pero no nos tratamos we're related but we never see each other o we never have anything to do with each other
    B (+ compl)
    1 ( recípr):
    se tratan de usted/tú they address each other as `usted'/`tú'
    se tratan sin ningún respeto they have o show no respect for each other
    2 ( refl) to treat oneself
    ¡qué mal te tratas, eh! ( iró); you don't treat yourself badly, do you?, you know how to look after yourself, don't you?
    C ( Med) (seguir un tratamiento) to have o undergo treatment
    1 (ser acerca de) to be about
    ¿de qué se trata? what's it about?, what does it concern? ( frml)
    se trata de Roy it's about Roy
    2
    (ser cuestión de): se trata de arreglar la situación, no de discutir we're supposed to be settling things, not arguing
    si sólo se trata de eso, hazlo pasar ahora if that's all it is o if that's all he wants, show him in now
    bueno, si se trata de echarle un vistazo nada más … OK, if it's just a question of having a quick look at it …
    3
    (ser): se trata de la estrella del equipo we're talking about o he is the star of the team
    tratándose de usted, no creo que haya inconvenientes since it's for you o in your case I don't think there will be any problems
    * * *

     

    tratar ( conjugate tratar) verbo intransitivo
    1 ( intentar) to try;

    trataré de que no vuelva a suceder I'll try to make sure it doesn't happen again
    2 [obra/libro/película] tratar de algo to be about sth;
    tratar sobre algo to deal with sth;

    3 (tener contacto, relaciones) tratar con algn to deal with sb;

    verbo transitivo
    1 ‹persona/animal/instrumento› to treat;

    2 ( frecuentar):

    3 ‹tema/asunto› to discuss, to deal with
    4
    a) (Med) to treat

    b) ‹sustancia/metal› to treat

    tratarse verbo pronominal
    1 tratarse con algn ( ser amigo de) to be friendly with sb;
    ( alternar) to socialize o mix with sb;

    2 (+ compl) ( recípr):

    3 (Med) to have o undergo treatment
    4
    ◊ tratarse de (en 3a pers)


    ◊ ¿de qué se trata? what's it about?


    ◊ se trata de participar, no de ganar it's a question of taking part, not of winning;

    solo porque se trata de ti just because it's you
    tratar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (portarse) to treat
    2 (cuidar) to look after, care: trátame el libro bien, look after my book
    3 (dirigirse a una persona) address: nos tratamos de tú, we call each other "tú" o we're on first name terms
    4 (considerar, llamar) me trató de tonto, he called me stupid
    5 (someter a un proceso) to treat
    6 (someter a tratamiento médico) to treat: le tienen que tratar la artritis, they have to treat his arthritis
    7 (tener relación social) la he tratado muy poco, I don't know her very well
    8 (considerar, discutir) to deal with: no hemos tratado la cuestión, we haven't discussed that subject
    II verbo intransitivo 1 tratar de, (un libro, una película) to be about: ¿de qué trata?, what is it about?
    2 (intentar) to try [de, to]
    3 Com tratar en, to trade in o with 4 tratar con, (negociar) to negotiate with
    ' tratar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    censurar
    - defraudar
    - delicada
    - delicado
    - drogodependencia
    - ir
    - girar
    - hablar
    - mimar
    - negociar
    - tú
    - confianza
    - curar
    - debido
    - huir
    - manera
    - miramiento
    - piel
    - punto
    - tocar
    - trato
    - usted
    English:
    about
    - address
    - associate
    - bid
    - clutch
    - deal with
    - discuss
    - form
    - grapple
    - ground
    - handle
    - light
    - lionise
    - mistreat
    - muck about
    - muck around
    - patronize
    - peer
    - push through
    - rubberize
    - specific
    - squarely
    - tactfully
    - tout
    - treat
    - try
    - try on
    - victimize
    - attempt
    - bite
    - contact
    - could
    - cover
    - deal
    - favor
    - grasp
    - process
    - profile
    - raw
    - seek
    - snub
    - tackle
    - take
    - thrash
    - untreated
    - way
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [portarse con, manejar] to treat;
    ¿qué tal te trataron? how were you treated?;
    no la trates tan mal don't be so nasty to her;
    la vida no la ha tratado bien life has not been kind to her;
    te dejo los discos, pero trátamelos bien I'll let you borrow the records, but look after them o be careful with them for me
    2. [paciente, enfermedad, herida] to treat;
    la están tratando de cáncer, le están tratando un cáncer she's being treated for cancer;
    el médico que la trata the doctor who is treating her
    3. [tener relación con] to have dealings o contact with;
    era compañera de clase pero la traté muy poco she was in my class, but I didn't have much to do with her
    4. [llamar, dirigirse a]
    tratar a alguien de usted/tú = to address sb using the “usted” form/the “tú” form;
    no hace falta que me trates de señor there's no need to call me “sir”;
    tratar a alguien de tonto to call sb an idiot
    5. [tema, asunto] to treat;
    el tema que trata la obra the subject of the book;
    hay que tratar ese asunto con cuidado this matter needs to be dealt with carefully;
    eso lo tienes que tratar con el jefe that's something you'll have to discuss with the boss
    6. [agua, sustancia, tejido, alimento] to treat
    7. Informát [datos, información] to process
    8. Bol [insultar] to insult, to swear at
    ♦ vi
    1. [intentar]
    tratar de hacer algo to try to do sth;
    trata de comprenderlo, por favor please try to understand;
    trataré de no equivocarme I'll try not to get it wrong;
    sólo trataba de que estuvieras más cómodo I was only trying to make you more comfortable
    2. [versar]
    tratar de o [m5] sobre to be about;
    ¿de qué trata el documental? what's the documentary about o on?;
    la ponencia trata sobre contaminación acústica the paper is about o on noise pollution
    3. [tener relación]
    tratar con alguien to have dealings with sb;
    en mi trabajo tengo que tratar con todo tipo de gente I have to deal with all sorts of people in my job;
    trata con gente muy rara she mixes with some very strange people;
    RP
    tratar a alguien con pinzas to handle sb with kid gloves
    4. [comerciar] to deal (en in)
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 treat
    2 ( manejar) handle
    3 ( dirigirse a) address (de as);
    tratar a alguien de tú address s.o. informally, use the tú form with s.o.;
    tratar a alguien de usted address s.o. formally, use the usted form with s.o.
    4 gente come into contact with
    5 tema deal with
    II v/i:
    1
    :
    tratar con alguien deal with s.o.
    2
    :
    tratar de ( intentar) try to
    3 COM
    :
    tratar en deal in
    * * *
    tratar vi
    1)
    tratar con : to deal with, to have contact with
    no trato mucho con los clientes: I don't have much contact with customers
    2)
    tratar de : to try to
    estoy tratando de comer: I am trying to eat
    3)
    tratar sobre : to be about, to concern
    el libro trata de las plantas: the book is about plants
    4)
    tratar en : to deal in
    trata en herramientas: he deals in tools
    tratar vt
    1) : to treat
    tratan bien a sus empleados: they treat their employees well
    2) : to handle
    trató el tema con delicadeza: he handled the subject tactfully
    * * *
    tratar vb
    1. (en general) to treat
    2. (ocuparse, tener relación) to deal with [pt. & pp. dealt]
    3. (hablar) to discuss
    4. (referirse) to be about

    Spanish-English dictionary > tratar

  • 63 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 64 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 65 Posten

    m; -s, -
    1. MIL. (Wache) sentry, guard; Posten stehen oder schieben be on guard duty
    2. fig.: auf dem Posten sein umg. be on the alert; gesundheitlich: be in good form (nick umg.); wieder auf dem Posten sein be back on one’s feet (again), be fighting fit again; nicht recht auf dem Posten sein be a bit under the weather; verloren
    3. beruflicher: post, position; ein sicherer / verantwortungsvoller Posten a secure / responsible position ( oder job)
    4. WIRTS. lot, batch; einer Rechnung: item; (Eintrag) entry; ein größerer Posten T-Shirts a large batch of T-shirts; die einzelnen Posten prüfen check the individual items
    * * *
    der Posten
    (Arbeitsplatz) job; post; position;
    (Wachtposten) guard; sentry; station;
    * * *
    Pọs|ten ['pɔstn]
    m -s, -
    1) (= Anstellung) post (esp Brit), position, job
    2) (MIL = Wachmann) guard; (am Eingang) sentry, guard; (= Stelle) post

    Posten stehen — to stand guard; (am Eingang auch) to stand sentry

    Posten beziehen — to take up one's post

    Posten aufstellen — to post guards, to mount a guard

    3) (fig)

    nicht ganz auf dem Posten sein — to be (a bit) under the weather, to be off colour (Brit) or off color (US)

    See:
    4) (= Streikposten) picket

    Posten aufstellen — to set up pickets or a picket line

    5) (COMM = Warenmenge) quantity, lot
    6) (COMM im Etat) item, entry
    * * *
    der
    1) (one article or several, sold as a single item at an auction: Are you going to bid for lot 28?) lot
    2) (a job: He has a post in the government; a teaching post.) post
    3) (a place of duty: The soldier remained at his post.) post
    * * *
    Pos·ten
    <-s, ->
    [ˈpɔstn̩]
    m
    1. (zugewiesene Position) post, position
    2. (Anstellung) position, post, job
    3. (Wache) guard
    irgendwo \Posten beziehen to take up position [or position oneself] somewhere
    \Posten stehen to stand guard
    4. ÖKON (Position) item; (Menge) lot, quantity
    budgetärer \Posten budget item
    einen \Posten belasten/gutschreiben to debit/credit an item
    einen \Posten nachtragen/stornieren to book an omitted item/to cancel an item
    einen \Posten umbuchen to carry out a product
    5. JAGD buckshot
    6.
    ▶ [noch] auf dem \Posten sein (fam: fit sein) to be [still] in good shape; (wachsam sein) to be on one's toes fam
    ▶ nicht ganz auf dem \Posten sein (fam) to be a bit under the weather [or off-colour [or AM -or]] fam
    ▶ auf verlorenem \Posten kämpfen [o stehen] to be fighting a lost cause [or losing battle]
    * * *
    der; Postens, Posten
    1) (bes. Milit.): (WachPosten) post

    auf dem Posten sein — (ugs.) (in guter körperlicher Verfassung sein) be in good form; (wachsam sein) be on one's guard

    auf verlorenem Posten stehen od. kämpfen — be fighting a losing battle

    2) (bes. Milit.): (Wachmann) sentry; guard

    Posten stehen — stand guard or sentry

    3) (Anstellung) post; position; job
    4) (Funktion) position
    5) (bes. Kaufmannsspr.): (RechnungsPosten) item
    6) (bes. Kaufmannsspr.): (WarenPosten) quantity
    * * *
    Posten m; -s, -
    1. MIL (Wache) sentry, guard;
    schieben be on guard duty
    2. fig:
    auf dem Posten sein umg be on the alert; gesundheitlich: be in good form (nick umg);
    wieder auf dem Posten sein be back on one’s feet (again), be fighting fit again;
    nicht recht auf dem Posten sein be a bit under the weather; → verloren
    3. beruflicher: post, position;
    ein sicherer/verantwortungsvoller Posten a secure/responsible position ( oder job)
    4. WIRTSCH lot, batch; einer Rechnung: item; (Eintrag) entry;
    ein größerer Posten T-Shirts a large batch of T-shirts;
    die einzelnen Posten prüfen check the individual items
    * * *
    der; Postens, Posten
    1) (bes. Milit.): (WachPosten) post

    auf dem Posten sein — (ugs.) (in guter körperlicher Verfassung sein) be in good form; (wachsam sein) be on one's guard

    auf verlorenem Posten stehen od. kämpfen — be fighting a losing battle

    2) (bes. Milit.): (Wachmann) sentry; guard

    Posten stehen — stand guard or sentry

    3) (Anstellung) post; position; job
    4) (Funktion) position
    5) (bes. Kaufmannsspr.): (RechnungsPosten) item
    6) (bes. Kaufmannsspr.): (WarenPosten) quantity
    * * *
    - m.
    assignment (US) n.
    lot n.
    post n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Posten

  • 66 make

    1.
    [meɪk]transitive verb, made [meɪd]
    1) (construct) machen, anfertigen (of aus); bauen [Damm, Straße, Flugzeug, Geige]; anlegen [See, Teich, Weg usw.]; zimmern [Tisch, Regal]; basteln [Spielzeug, Vogelhäuschen, Dekoration usw.]; nähen [Kleider]; durchbrechen [Türöffnung]; (manufacture) herstellen; (create) [er]schaffen [Welt]; (prepare) zubereiten [Mahlzeit]; machen [Frühstück, Grog]; machen, kochen [Kaffee, Tee, Marmelade]; backen [Brot, Kuchen]; (compose, write) schreiben, verfassen [Buch, Gedicht, Lied, Bericht]; machen [Eintrag, Zeichen, Kopie, Zusammenfassung, Testament]; anfertigen [Entwurf]; aufsetzen [Bewerbung, Schreiben, Urkunde]

    make a dress out of the material, make the material into a dress — aus dem Stoff ein Kleid machen

    a table made of wood/of the finest wood — ein Holztisch/ein Tisch aus feinstem Holz

    made in Germany — in Deutschland hergestellt

    show what one is made of — zeigen, was in einem steckt (ugs.)

    be [simply] 'made of money — (coll.) im Geld [nur so] schwimmen (ugs.)

    be 'made for something/somebody — (fig.): (ideally suited) wie geschaffen für etwas/jemanden sein

    make a bed — (for sleeping) ein Bett bauen (ugs.)

    make the bed — (arrange after sleeping) das Bett machen

    have it made — (coll.) ausgesorgt haben (ugs.)

    2) (combine into) sich verbinden zu; bilden
    3) (cause to exist) machen [Ärger, Schwierigkeiten, Lärm, Aufhebens]

    make enemies — sich (Dat.) Feinde machen od. schaffen

    make time for doing or to do something — sich (Dat.) die Zeit dazu nehmen, etwas zu tun

    4) (result in, amount to) machen [Unterschied, Summe]; ergeben [Resultat]

    two and two make four — zwei und zwei ist od. macht od. sind vier

    qualities that make a man — Eigenschaften, die einen Mann ausmachen

    5) (establish, enact) bilden [Gegensatz]; treffen [Unterscheidung, Übereinkommen]; ziehen [Vergleich, Parallele]; erlassen [Gesetz, Haftbefehl]; aufstellen [Regeln, Behauptung]; stellen [Forderung]; geben [Bericht]; schließen [Vertrag]; vornehmen [Zahlung]; machen [Geschäft, Vorschlag, Geständnis]; erheben [Anschuldigung, Protest, Beschwerde]
    6) (cause to be or become)

    make angry/happy/known — etc. wütend/glücklich/bekannt usw. machen

    make a friend of somebody — sich mit jemandem anfreunden

    make oneself heard/respected — sich (Dat.) Gehör/Respekt verschaffen

    make it a shorter journey by doing something — die Reise abkürzen, indem man etwas tut

    7)

    make somebody do something — (cause) jemanden dazu bringen, etwas zu tun; (compel) jemanden zwingen, etwas zu tun

    make somebody repeat the sentence — jemanden den Satz wiederholen lassen

    be made to do something — etwas tun müssen; (be compelled) gezwungen werden, etwas zu tun

    make oneself do something — sich überwinden, etwas zu tun

    this makes the tenth time you've failed — das ist nun [schon] das zehnte Mal, dass du versagt hast

    will you make one of the party? — wirst du dabei od. (ugs.) mit von der Partie sein?

    9) (serve for) abgeben
    10) (become by development or training)
    11) (gain, acquire, procure) machen [Vermögen, Profit, Verlust]; machen (ugs.) [Geld]; verdienen [Lebensunterhalt]; sich (Dat.) erwerben [Ruf]; (obtain as result) kommen zu od. auf, herausbekommen [Ergebnis, Endsumme]
    12) machen [Geste, Bewegung, Verbeugung]; machen [Reise, Besuch, Ausnahme, Fehler, Angebot, Entdeckung, Witz, Bemerkung]; begehen [Irrtum]; vornehmen [Änderung, Stornierung]; vorbringen [Beschwerde]; tätigen, machen [Einkäufe]; geben [Versprechen, Kommentar]; halten [Rede]; ziehen [Vergleich]; durchführen, machen [Experiment, Analyse, Inspektion]; (wage) führen [Krieg]; (accomplish) schaffen [Strecke pro Zeiteinheit]
    13)

    make little of something — (play something down) etwas herunterspielen

    they could make little of his letter — (understand) sie konnten mit seinem Brief nicht viel anfangen

    I don't know what to make of him/it — ich werde aus ihm/daraus nicht schlau od. klug

    what do you make of him? — was hältst du von ihm?; wie schätzt du ihn ein?

    14) (arrive at) erreichen [Bestimmungsort]; (coll.): (catch) [noch] kriegen (ugs.) [Zug usw.]

    make it — (succeed in arriving) es schaffen

    15)

    something makes or breaks or mars somebody — etwas entscheidet über jmds. Glück oder Verderben (Akk.)

    16) (consider to be)

    What do you make the time? - I make it five past eight — Wie spät hast du es od. ist es bei dir? - Auf meiner Uhr ist es fünf nach acht

    17)

    make 'do with/without something — mit/ohne etwas auskommen

    2. intransitive verb,
    1) (proceed)

    make toward something/somebody — auf etwas/jemanden zusteuern

    2) (act as if with intention)

    make to do something — Anstalten machen, etwas zu tun

    make as if or as though to do something — so tun, als wolle man etwas tun

    3. noun
    1) (kind of structure) Ausführung, die; (of clothes) Machart, die
    2) (type of manufacture) Fabrikat, das; (brand) Marke, die

    make of car — Automarke, die

    3)

    on the make — (coll.): (intent on gain) hinter dem Geld her (abwertend)

    Phrasal Verbs:
    - academic.ru/44737/make_for">make for
    - make off
    - make off with
    - make out
    - make over
    - make up
    - make up for
    - make up to
    * * *
    [meik] 1. past tense, past participle - made; verb
    1) (to create, form or produce: God made the Earth; She makes all her own clothes; He made it out of paper; to make a muddle/mess of the job; to make lunch/coffee; We made an arrangement/agreement/deal/bargain.) machen
    2) (to compel, force or cause (a person or thing to do something): They made her do it; He made me laugh.) bringen zu
    3) (to cause to be: I made it clear; You've made me very unhappy.) machen
    4) (to gain or earn: He makes $100 a week; to make a profit.) machen
    5) ((of numbers etc) to add up to; to amount to: 2 and 2 make(s) 4.) ergeben
    6) (to become, turn into, or be: He'll make an excellent teacher.) sich erweisen als
    7) (to estimate as: I make the total 483.) schätzen
    8) (to appoint, or choose, as: He was made manager.) machen zu
    9) (used with many nouns to give a similar meaning to that of the verb from which the noun is formed: He made several attempts (= attempted several times); They made a left turn (= turned left); He made (= offered) a suggestion/proposal; Have you any comments to make?) machen
    2. noun
    (a (usually manufacturer's) brand: What make is your new car?) die Marke
    - maker
    - making
    - make-believe
    - make-over
    - makeshift
    - make-up
    - have the makings of
    - in the making
    - make a/one's bed
    - make believe
    - make do
    - make for
    - make it
    - make it up
    - make something of something
    - make of something
    - make something of
    - make of
    - make out
    - make over
    - make up
    - make up for
    - make up one's mind
    - make up to
    * * *
    [meɪk]
    I. NOUN
    1. ECON (brand) Fabrikat nt, Marke f
    the newer \makes of computer are much faster die neuen Computergenerationen sind viel schneller
    it's jam of my own \make das ist selbst gemachte Marmelade
    \make of car Automarke f
    2. (of a person)
    people of her \make are rare Leute wie sie [o fam ihrer Machart] sind selten
    to be on the \make (for sex) auf sexuelle Abenteuer aus sein; (for money) geldgierig sein; (for power) machthungrig sein; (for profit) profitgierig sein; (for career) karrieresüchtig sein
    to put the \make on sb AM (sl) versuchen, jdn ins Bett zu kriegen fam
    <made, made>
    1. (produce)
    ▪ to \make sth etw machen; company, factory etw herstellen
    the pot is made to withstand high temperatures der Topf ist so beschaffen, dass er hohe Temperaturen aushält
    ‘made in Taiwan’ ‚hergestellt in Taiwan‘
    this sweater is made of wool dieser Pullover ist aus Wolle
    God made the world in 7 days Gott erschuf die Erde in 7 Tagen
    to \make bread Brot backen
    to \make clothes Kleider nähen
    to \make coffee/soup/supper Kaffee/Suppe/das Abendessen kochen
    to \make a copy of sth etw kopieren
    to \make a movie [or film] einen Film drehen
    to \make peace Frieden schließen
    to \make a picture ( fam) ein Foto machen
    to \make a recording of sth etw aufnehmen
    to \make a snowman einen Schneemann bauen
    to \make steel/a pot Stahl/einen Topf herstellen
    to \make time sich dat [die] Zeit nehmen
    to show what one's [really] made of zeigen, was in einem steckt
    ▪ to \make sb sth [or sth for sb] etw für jdn machen
    he made us some coffee er machte uns Kaffee
    ▪ to be made for sth für etw akk [wie] geschaffen sein
    the doll wasn't made for banging around die Puppe ist nicht dazu gedacht, herumgeschleudert zu werden
    these two were made for each other die zwei sind wie geschaffen füreinander
    ▪ to \make sth etw werden; (be) etw sein
    I don't think he will ever \make a good lawyer ich glaube, aus ihm wird nie ein guter Rechtsanwalt [werden]
    she'll \make a great mother sie wird eine tolle Mutter abgeben
    let's \make a circle lasst uns einen Kreis bilden
    champagne and caviar \make a wonderful combination Champagner und Kaviar sind eine wunderbare Kombination
    to \make a good answer/excuse eine gute Antwort/Entschuldigung sein
    to \make a match gut zusammenpassen
    to \make fascinating reading faszinierend zu lesen sein
    3. (cause) machen
    to \make noise/a scene/trouble Lärm/eine Szene/Ärger machen
    to \make sb one's wife jdn zu seiner Frau machen
    ▪ to \make sth do sth:
    the wind is making my eyes water durch den Wind fangen meine Augen an zu tränen
    you \make things sound so bad du machst alles so schlecht
    the dark colours \make the room look smaller die dunklen Farben lassen das Zimmer kleiner wirken
    ▪ to \make sb do sth jdn dazu bringen [o geh veranlassen], etw zu tun
    what made you move here? was brachte dich dazu, hierher zu ziehen?
    what made you change your mind? wodurch hast du deine Meinung geändert?
    stories like that \make you think again Geschichten wie diese bringen dich zum Nachdenken
    to \make sb laugh jdn zum Lachen bringen
    to \make oneself look ridiculous sich akk lächerlich machen
    to \make sb suffer jdn leiden lassen
    ▪ to \make sb do sth jdn zwingen, etw zu tun
    go to your room! — no, and you can't \make me! geh auf dein Zimmer! — nein, und es kann mich auch keiner dazu zwingen!
    5. + adj (cause to be) machen
    the good weather made Spain so popular das schöne Wetter hat Spanien so beliebt gemacht
    to \make the best of a situation das Beste aus einer Situation machen
    to \make sb angry/happy jdn wütend/glücklich machen
    to \make sth easy etw leicht machen
    to \make oneself heard sich dat Gehör verschaffen
    to \make oneself known to sb sich akk jdm vorstellen, sich akk mit jdm bekanntmachen
    to \make sth public etw veröffentlichen
    to \make oneself understood sich akk verständlich machen
    6. (transform to)
    ▪ to \make sb/sth into sth:
    the recycled paper will be made into cardboard das Recyclingpapier wird zu Karton weiterverarbeitet
    this experience will \make you into a better person diese Erfahrung wird aus dir einen besseren Menschen machen
    we've made the attic into a spare room wir haben den Speicher zu einem Gästezimmer ausgebaut
    7. (perform)
    ▪ to \make sth mistake, progress, offer, suggestion etw machen
    he made a plausible case for returning home early er überzeugte uns, dass es sinnvoll sei, früh nach Hause zu gehen
    they made about 20 miles a day on foot sie legten etwa 20 Meilen am Tag zu Fuß zurück
    I'll have a steak — no, \make that chicken ich nehme ein Steak — ach nein, bringen Sie doch lieber das Hühnchen
    to \make an appointment einen Termin vereinbaren
    to \make a bargain ein Schnäppchen machen
    to \make a bid for sth ein Angebot für [o über] etw akk machen
    to \make a book STOCKEX eine Aufstellung von Aktien machen, für die Kauf- oder Verkaufsaufträge entgegengenommen werden
    to \make a call anrufen
    to \make a deal einen Handel schließen
    to \make a decision eine Entscheidung fällen [o treffen]
    to \make a deposit eine Anzahlung leisten
    to \make a donation eine Spende vornehmen
    to \make an effort sich akk anstrengen
    to \make a face ein Gesicht ziehen
    to \make a good job of sth bei etw dat gute Arbeit leisten
    to \make a move (in game) einen Zug machen; (in business, personal life) etwas unternehmen; body sich akk bewegen
    to \make a payment eine Zahlung leisten
    to \make a promise ein Versprechen geben, etw versprechen
    to \make reservations reservieren
    to \make a request for sth um etw akk bitten
    to \make small talk Konversation betreiben
    to \make a speech/presentation eine Rede/Präsentation halten
    to \make a start anfangen
    to \make good time doing sth bei etw dat schnell vorankommen
    to \make way [or space] [or room] den Weg frei machen
    to \make a withdrawal from a bank Geld bei einer Bank abheben
    ▪ to \make sth with numbers etw ergeben
    five plus five \makes ten fünf und fünf ist zehn
    today's earthquake \makes five since January mit dem heutigen Erdbeben sind es fünf seit Januar
    this \makes the third time my car has broken down das ist nun das dritte Mal, dass mein Auto eine Panne hat
    9. (earn, get)
    ▪ to \make sth:
    he \makes £50,000 a year er verdient [o fam macht] 50.000 Pfund im Jahr
    to \make enemies sich dat Feinde machen
    to \make a fortune sein Glück machen
    to \make friends Freundschaften schließen
    to \make a killing einen Riesengewinn machen
    to \make a living seinen Lebensunterhalt verdienen
    to \make a lot of money out of sth mit etw dat viel Geld verdienen [o fam machen]
    to \make a name for oneself sich dat einen Namen machen
    to \make profits/losses Gewinn/Verlust machen
    ▪ to \make sb president/advisor/ambassador jdn zum Präsidenten/Berater/Botschafter ernennen
    11. (consider important)
    ▪ to \make sth of sth:
    she \makes a lot of politeness sie legt viel Wert auf Höflichkeit
    don't \make too much of his grumpiness gib nicht zu viel auf seine mürrische Art
    how much do you \make the total? was hast du als Summe errechnet?
    I \make the answer [to be] 105.6 ich habe als Lösung 105,6 herausbekommen
    what do you \make the time? was meinst du, wie viel Uhr ist es wohl?
    13. ( fam: get to, reach)
    ▪ to \make sth etw schaffen
    could you \make a meeting at 8 a.m.? schaffst du ein Treffen um 8 Uhr morgens?
    I barely made it to the meeting ich habe es gerade noch zur Versammlung geschafft
    the fire made the front page das Feuer kam auf die Titelseite
    he made captain/sergeant/manager AM er hat es bis zum Kapitän/Feldwebel/Manager gebracht
    to \make the bus/one's train/one's plane den Bus/seinen Zug/sein Flugzeug kriegen
    to \make the deadline den Termin einhalten [können]
    to \make the grade sich akk qualifizieren, es schaffen
    to \make the finals/a team SPORT sich akk für das Finale/ein Team qualifizieren
    to \make the big time ( fam) groß einsteigen fam
    to \make it to the top Karriere machen
    to \make it es schaffen
    the patient may not \make it through the night der Patient wird wahrscheinlich die Nacht nicht überstehen
    14. (render perfect)
    those curtains really \make the living room diese Vorhänge heben das Wohnzimmer ungemein
    this film has made his career der Film machte ihn berühmt
    that made my day! das hat mir den Tag gerettet!
    you've got it made! du hast ausgesorgt!
    to \make love sich akk lieben, miteinander schlafen
    ▪ to \make sb AM, AUS (sl) mit jdm ins Bett gehen fam
    he tried to \make her er hat versucht, sie ins Bett zu kriegen fam
    to \make it with sb (fam!) es mit jdm treiben fam
    16. NAUT
    to \make port Meldung an den Hafenmeister machen
    to \make sail in See stechen
    to \make way vorankommen
    17. ELEC
    to \make contact den Stromkreis schließen
    18.
    ▶ to \make a beeline [or dash] for sth/sb schnurstracks auf etw/jdn zugehen
    ▶ to \make or break sth/sb das Schicksal von etw/jdm in der Hand haben
    ▶ to \make a day/an evening of it den ganzen Tag/die ganze Nacht bleiben
    let's \make a night of it die Nacht ist noch jung
    ▶ to \make a go of it es schaffen, in etw dat Erfolg haben
    ▶ made in heaven perfekt
    ▶ to be made of money Geld wie Heu haben
    ▶ to \make sense Sinn ergeben [o machen
    <made, made>
    to \make to leave/eat dinner/start a fight sich akk anschicken, zu gehen/Abend zu essen/einen Streit anzufangen
    just as we made to leave the phone rang gerade als wir gehen wollten, klingelte das Telefon
    2. (pretend)
    ▪ to \make as if to do sth aussehen, als ob man etw tun wolle
    he made as if to leave the room er machte Anstalten, das Zimmer zu verlassen
    stop making like you know everything! hör auf so zu tun, als wüsstest du alles!
    ▪ to \make like... AM so tun, als ob...
    the boy made like he was sick so he wouldn't have to go to school der Junge stellte sich krank, damit er nicht zur Schule musste
    ▪ to \make with the money/jewels Geld/Juwelen [über]geben
    \make with the money bags, baby! her mit dem Geld, Baby! fam
    4.
    ▶ to \make do with/without sth mit/ohne etw dat auskommen [o hinkommen]
    can you \make do with a fiver? reicht dir ein Fünfpfundschein?
    ▶ to \make do and mend ( prov) flicken und wiederverwerten, was man hat, sich akk mit etw dat zufriedengeben
    * * *
    make [meık]
    A s
    1. a) Machart f, Ausführung f
    b) Erzeugnis n, Produkt n, Fabrikat n:
    our own make (unser) eigenes Fabrikat;
    of best English make beste englische Qualität;
    I like the make of this car mir gefällt die Ausführung oder Form dieses Wagens;
    is this your own make? haben Sie das (selbst) gemacht?
    2. Mode: Schnitt m, Fasson f
    3. WIRTSCH (Fabrik)Marke f
    4. TECH Typ m, Bau(art) m(f)
    5. Beschaffenheit f, Zustand m
    6. Anfertigung f, Herstellung f, Produktion f
    7. Produktion(smenge) f, Ausstoß m
    8. a) (Körper)Bau m
    b) Veranlagung f, Natur f, Art f
    9. Bau m, Gefüge n
    10. Fassung f, Stil m (eines Romans etc)
    11. ELEK Schließen n (des Stromkreises):
    be at make geschlossen sein
    a) Trumpfbestimmung f
    b) Bridge: endgültiges Trumpfgebot
    c) Mischen n (der Karten)
    a) schwer dahinter her sein, auf Geld oder auf seinen Vorteil aus sein,
    b) auf ein (sexuelles) Abenteuer aus sein,
    c) (gesellschaftlich) nach oben drängen,
    d) im Kommen oder Werden sein
    B v/t prät und pperf made [meıd]
    1. allg z. B. Anstrengungen, Einkäufe, Einwände, eine Reise, sein Testament, eine Verbeugung, einen Versuch machen:
    make a fire Feuer machen;
    make a price einen Preis festsetzen oder machen;
    make a speech eine Rede halten;
    make it 2-1 SPORT auf 2:1 stellen;
    he’s (as) stupid as they make them umg er ist so dumm wie sonst was; (siehe die Verbindungen mit den entsprechenden Stichwörtern)
    2. machen:
    a) anfertigen, herstellen, erzeugen ( alle:
    from, of, out of aus)
    b) verarbeiten, bilden, formen ( alle:
    to, into in akk, zu):
    make a man of sb einen Mann aus jemandem machen
    c) Tee etc (zu)bereiten:
    he made himself a cup of coffee er machte sich eine Tasse Kaffee
    d) ein Gedicht etc verfassen, schreiben
    3. errichten, bauen, einen Park, Weg etc anlegen
    4. (er)schaffen:
    God made man Gott schuf den Menschen;
    you are made for this job du bist für diese Arbeit wie geschaffen
    5. fig machen zu:
    make a doctor of sb jemanden Arzt werden lassen
    6. ergeben, bilden, entstehen lassen:
    oxygen and hydrogen make water Wasserstoff und Sauerstoff bilden Wasser
    7. verursachen:
    a) ein Geräusch, Lärm, Mühe, Schwierigkeiten etc machen
    b) bewirken, (mit sich) bringen:
    8. (er)geben, den Stoff abgeben zu, dienen als (Sache):
    this makes a good article das gibt einen guten Artikel;
    this cloth will make a suit dieses Tuch wird für einen Anzug reichen
    9. sich erweisen als (Personen):
    he would make a good salesman er würde einen guten Verkäufer abgeben;
    she made him a good wife sie war ihm eine gute Frau
    10. bilden, (aus)machen:
    this makes the tenth time das ist das zehnte Mal
    11. (mit adj, pperf etc)machen:
    make angry zornig machen, erzürnen; → make good
    12. (mit folgendem Substantiv) machen zu, ernennen zu:
    they made him (a) general, he was made a general er wurde zum General ernannt;
    he made himself a martyr er machte sich zum Märtyrer
    13. mit inf ( aktivisch ohne to, passiv mit to) jemanden lassen, veranlassen oder bringen oder zwingen oder nötigen zu:
    make sb wait jemanden warten lassen;
    he was made to wait for an hour man ließ ihn eine Stunde warten;
    we made him talk wir brachten ihn zum Sprechen;
    they made him repeat it, he was made to repeat it man ließ es ihn wiederholen;
    make sth do, make do with sth mit etwas auskommen, sich mit etwas begnügen oder behelfen;
    that coat makes him look absurd in dem Mantel schaut er einfach lächerlich aus; → laugh B
    14. fig machen:
    a) viel Wesens um etwas od jemanden machen,
    b) viel halten von, eine hohe Meinung haben von, große Stücke halten auf (akk)
    15. sich eine Vorstellung von etwas machen, etwas halten für:
    what do you make of it? was halten Sie davon?
    16. umg jemanden halten für:
    17. schätzen auf (akk):
    how old do you make him? wie alt schätzen Sie ihn?
    18. feststellen:
    I make it a quarter to five nach meiner Uhr ist es Viertel vor fünf
    19. erfolgreich durchführen: → escape C 1
    20. jemandem zum Erfolg verhelfen, jemandes Glück machen:
    I can make and break you ich kann aus Ihnen etwas machen und ich kann Sie auch erledigen
    21. sich ein Vermögen etc erwerben, verdienen, Geld, einen Profit machen, einen Gewinn erzielen: → name Bes Redew
    22. schaffen:
    a) eine Strecke zurücklegen:
    make it es (räumlich od zeitlich) schaffen ( → B 23);
    he didn’t make it to the emergency exit er schaffte es nicht bis zum Notausgang;
    sorry, I couldn’t make it any earlier ich konnte leider nicht früher kommen
    b) eine Geschwindigkeit erreichen, machen:
    23. umg etwas erreichen, schaffen, einen akademischen Grad erlangen, SPORT etc Punkte, auch eine Schulnote erzielen, einen Zug erwischen:
    make it es schaffen ( → B 22);
    he made it to general er brachte es bis zum General;
    make the team bes US sich einen Platz (in der Mannschaft) erobern; → regular A 14
    24. sl eine Frau rumkriegen, umlegen (verführen)
    25. ankommen in (dat), erreichen:
    make port SCHIFF in den Hafen einlaufen
    26. SCHIFF Land etc sichten, ausmachen
    27. Br eine Mahlzeit einnehmen
    28. ein Fest etc veranstalten
    a) Karten mischen
    b) einen Stich machen
    30. ELEK den Stromkreis schließen, einen Kontakt herstellen
    31. LING den Plural etc bilden, werden zu
    32. sich belaufen auf (akk), ergeben, machen:
    two and two make four 2 und 2 macht oder ist 4
    33. besonders Br ein Tier abrichten, dressieren
    34. obs übersetzen (in eine andere Sprache)
    35. US sl jemanden identifizieren
    C v/i
    1. sich anschicken, den Versuch machen ( beide:
    to do zu tun):
    he made to go er wollte gehen
    2. (to nach)
    a) sich begeben oder wenden
    b) führen, gehen (Weg etc), sich erstrecken
    c) fließen
    3. einsetzen (Ebbe, Flut), (an)steigen (Flut etc)
    4. (statt passiv) gemacht oder hergestellt werden
    5. Kartenspiel: einen Stich machen
    6. make as if ( oder as though) so tun, als ob oder als wenn:
    make believe vorgeben ( that dass; to do zu tun);
    make like US sl sich benehmen oder aufführen wie
    * * *
    1.
    [meɪk]transitive verb, made [meɪd]
    1) (construct) machen, anfertigen (of aus); bauen [Damm, Straße, Flugzeug, Geige]; anlegen [See, Teich, Weg usw.]; zimmern [Tisch, Regal]; basteln [Spielzeug, Vogelhäuschen, Dekoration usw.]; nähen [Kleider]; durchbrechen [Türöffnung]; (manufacture) herstellen; (create) [er]schaffen [Welt]; (prepare) zubereiten [Mahlzeit]; machen [Frühstück, Grog]; machen, kochen [Kaffee, Tee, Marmelade]; backen [Brot, Kuchen]; (compose, write) schreiben, verfassen [Buch, Gedicht, Lied, Bericht]; machen [Eintrag, Zeichen, Kopie, Zusammenfassung, Testament]; anfertigen [Entwurf]; aufsetzen [Bewerbung, Schreiben, Urkunde]

    make a dress out of the material, make the material into a dress — aus dem Stoff ein Kleid machen

    a table made of wood/of the finest wood — ein Holztisch/ein Tisch aus feinstem Holz

    show what one is made of — zeigen, was in einem steckt (ugs.)

    be [simply] 'made of money — (coll.) im Geld [nur so] schwimmen (ugs.)

    be 'made for something/somebody — (fig.): (ideally suited) wie geschaffen für etwas/jemanden sein

    make a bed — (for sleeping) ein Bett bauen (ugs.)

    have it made — (coll.) ausgesorgt haben (ugs.)

    2) (combine into) sich verbinden zu; bilden
    3) (cause to exist) machen [Ärger, Schwierigkeiten, Lärm, Aufhebens]

    make enemies — sich (Dat.) Feinde machen od. schaffen

    make time for doing or to do something — sich (Dat.) die Zeit dazu nehmen, etwas zu tun

    4) (result in, amount to) machen [Unterschied, Summe]; ergeben [Resultat]

    two and two make four — zwei und zwei ist od. macht od. sind vier

    qualities that make a man — Eigenschaften, die einen Mann ausmachen

    5) (establish, enact) bilden [Gegensatz]; treffen [Unterscheidung, Übereinkommen]; ziehen [Vergleich, Parallele]; erlassen [Gesetz, Haftbefehl]; aufstellen [Regeln, Behauptung]; stellen [Forderung]; geben [Bericht]; schließen [Vertrag]; vornehmen [Zahlung]; machen [Geschäft, Vorschlag, Geständnis]; erheben [Anschuldigung, Protest, Beschwerde]

    make angry/happy/known — etc. wütend/glücklich/bekannt usw. machen

    make oneself heard/respected — sich (Dat.) Gehör/Respekt verschaffen

    make it a shorter journey by doing something — die Reise abkürzen, indem man etwas tut

    7)

    make somebody do something — (cause) jemanden dazu bringen, etwas zu tun; (compel) jemanden zwingen, etwas zu tun

    be made to do something — etwas tun müssen; (be compelled) gezwungen werden, etwas zu tun

    make oneself do something — sich überwinden, etwas zu tun

    8) (form, be counted as)

    this makes the tenth time you've failed — das ist nun [schon] das zehnte Mal, dass du versagt hast

    will you make one of the party? — wirst du dabei od. (ugs.) mit von der Partie sein?

    9) (serve for) abgeben
    11) (gain, acquire, procure) machen [Vermögen, Profit, Verlust]; machen (ugs.) [Geld]; verdienen [Lebensunterhalt]; sich (Dat.) erwerben [Ruf]; (obtain as result) kommen zu od. auf, herausbekommen [Ergebnis, Endsumme]
    12) machen [Geste, Bewegung, Verbeugung]; machen [Reise, Besuch, Ausnahme, Fehler, Angebot, Entdeckung, Witz, Bemerkung]; begehen [Irrtum]; vornehmen [Änderung, Stornierung]; vorbringen [Beschwerde]; tätigen, machen [Einkäufe]; geben [Versprechen, Kommentar]; halten [Rede]; ziehen [Vergleich]; durchführen, machen [Experiment, Analyse, Inspektion]; (wage) führen [Krieg]; (accomplish) schaffen [Strecke pro Zeiteinheit]
    13)

    make little of something — (play something down) etwas herunterspielen

    they could make little of his letter — (understand) sie konnten mit seinem Brief nicht viel anfangen

    I don't know what to make of him/it — ich werde aus ihm/daraus nicht schlau od. klug

    what do you make of him? — was hältst du von ihm?; wie schätzt du ihn ein?

    14) (arrive at) erreichen [Bestimmungsort]; (coll.): (catch) [noch] kriegen (ugs.) [Zug usw.]
    15)

    something makes or breaks or mars somebody — etwas entscheidet über jmds. Glück oder Verderben (Akk.)

    What do you make the time? - I make it five past eight — Wie spät hast du es od. ist es bei dir? - Auf meiner Uhr ist es fünf nach acht

    17)

    make 'do with/without something — mit/ohne etwas auskommen

    2. intransitive verb,

    make toward something/somebody — auf etwas/jemanden zusteuern

    make to do something — Anstalten machen, etwas zu tun

    make as if or as though to do something — so tun, als wolle man etwas tun

    3. noun
    1) (kind of structure) Ausführung, die; (of clothes) Machart, die
    2) (type of manufacture) Fabrikat, das; (brand) Marke, die

    make of car — Automarke, die

    3)

    on the make — (coll.): (intent on gain) hinter dem Geld her (abwertend)

    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    n.
    Fabrikat -e n.
    Herstellung f.
    Marke -n f. v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: made)
    = knüpfen v.
    machen v.
    vornehmen v.

    English-german dictionary > make

  • 67 market

    1. сущ.
    1) эк. рынок; базар (специальное место, где осуществляется торговля)

    COMBS:

    It is cheaper to buy vegetables from the market than from a shop. — Овощи дешевле покупать на рынке, чем в магазине.

    ATTRIBUTES: street, roadside 2., open-air 2. а), public 1. 4) а)

    Syn:
    See:
    2) эк. рынок (совокупность продавцов и покупателей какого-л. товара)

    to place [to put\] goods on the market, to bring goods to market — предлагать товар к продаже

    In 1930 the first home laundry machine and refrigerator were put on the market. — В 1930 г. на рынке появилась первая бытовая стиральная машина и холодильник.

    ATTRIBUTES [product\]: product 1) б), financial 2) б), service 1. 2) а), political 1. 1) а)

    ATTRIBUTES [structure\]: actual 1. 1), auction 1. 1), call 1. 1), n6б, captive 1. 1), n4, classical 1. 3), concentrated 1. 1) а), continuous 1. 1) а), first 2. 3) а), forward 1. 1), n4, fourth, imperfect 1. 1), б, inside 2. 1) а), intermediate 2. 2) а), inverted 1. 3), monopolistic, oligopolistic, one-sided 1. 3), one-way 2. 4) а), open outcry, outcry, over-the-counter 2. 1) а), over-the-telephone, parallel 2. 1) а), perfect 1. 1), n2б, pitching, physical 2. 1) а), public 1. 1), n4, pure 1. 1) а), retail 2. 1) а), screen-based, second 1. 1), n2, sideways 2. 6) а), spot 2. 1) а), third 2. 3) а), wholesale 2. 1) а)

    ATTRIBUTES [legality\]: administered 1), bear 1. 2), black 1. 3) а), blocked 1. 2) а), controlled, democratic 1), formal 1. 1) а), free 1. 1) а), informal 1), б, illicit, kerb, organized 1), в, overt 1. 2) а), regulated, rigged 1. 2) а)

    See:
    CHILD [product\]: product market, financial market, services market, political market, pollution permit market, related markets CHILD [structure\]: actual market 2), 3), aftermarket 1), auction market, call market, carrying market, cash market, 1), 1), continuous market, double auction market, double-auction market, first market, forward market, fourth market, imperfect market, inside market 2), inter-dealer market, intermediate market, inverted market, monopolistic market, non-exchange market, off-board market, oligopolistic market, one-sided market, one-way market, open outcry market, OTC market, outcry market, 2), over-the-counter market, over-the-counter securities market, over-the-telephone market, parallel market, perfect market, physical market, public market 2), pure market, retail market, screen-based market, second market, spot market, street market 1), third market, upstairs market 2), wholesale market CHILD [legality\]: administered market, bear market 2), black market 1) а), blocked market, closed market, controlled market, formal market, free market, free and open market, informal market, grey market 1) а), illicit market, kerb market, organized market, price-making market, regulated market 1) а), rigged market, self-regulated market, access to market, market access, market disruption, inside market 1), 1), market-determined price
    3)
    а) эк. спрос; объем спроса, размер рынка (наличие желающих купить товар; часто используется как характеристика определенной территории)

    COMBS:

    The European market for this product is estimated at $10 billions during next 5 years. — По оценкам, объем европейского рынка этого продукта будет равен 10 млрд долл. в течение ближайших пяти лет.

    ATTRIBUTES: actual 1. 1), assured 1. 2), brisk 1. 1), business 1. 4) а), commercial 1. 1), consumer 1. 1), consumers, customer 1. 1), dealer 1. 1), б, enterprise 1. 2) а), government 1. 7) а), heavy user, industrial 1. 1), а, institutional 1. 1), а, manufacturing 2. 1) а), organizational, personal 1. 2) а), potential, producer 1. 1), professional 1. 1), promising, ready 1. 1), reseller, trade 1. 2), world 2. 1) а)

    See:
    б) эк. потребители

    ATTRIBUTES: brand-loyal, control 3. 1), conventional 3. 2), core 2. 2), exploratory, intended, main 1. 1), mass 3. 1), personal 3. 2), potential, primary 2. 2), n2, principal 2. 2), n1, prospective, target 3. 1), test 3. 1), traditional

    Syn:
    See:
    в) марк. рынок сбыта ( географический район)

    ATTRIBUTES: colonial, domestic 2) а), export 3. 2) а), external 1. 2) а), foreign 1. 1) а), global 1. 1) а), home 2. 2) а), internal 1. 2) а), international 1. 1) а), dispersed, distant 1. 1) а), local 1. 1) а), national 1. 1) а), nation-wide, nationwide, overseas 1. 2) а), regional, scattered 1. 1) а), world 2. 1) а), world-wide

    Syn:
    See:
    г) марк. = market segment

    ATTRIBUTES:

    See:
    4) эк. конъюнктура, уровень цен, состояние рынка (состояние рынка в значении 2, с точки зрения активности продавцов и покупателей и соответствующей динамики изменения цен)

    ATTRIBUTES: active 1. 3), advancing, bid 1. 3), bear 1. 2), barren 1. 3), broad 1. 1), bull 1. 2), close II 2. 3) в), competitive II 2. 2) а), complete 1. 2), confident II 2. 1) а), congested, contango, contestable, crossed II 2. 2) а), crowded II 2. 1) а), а, dead 1. 2), declining, deep II 2. 2) а), depressed II 2. 2) а), б, differentiated, dull II 2. 1) а), efficient II 2. 1) а), б, emerging, established II 2. 1) а), expanding, falling, fast II 1. 2) а), fertile II 2. 1) а), firm I 1. 1) а), flat I 2. 4) а), graveyard, growing 1. 1), growth II 2. 1) а), heavy II 2. 1) а), inactive II 2. 2) а), increasing, jumpy II 2. 1) а), б, languid II 2. 2) а), limited II 2. 1) а), liquid I 2. 6) а), locked II 2. 2) а), lucrative, mature 1. 2), narrow 1. 1), nervous I 2. 5) б), normal I 1. 5) б), offered, overstocked II 2. 1) а), а, pegged I 1. 3) б), present I 2. 2) б), price-sensitive, productive I 1. 3) б), profitable II 2. 1) а), protected, recession-hit, restricted II 2. 1) а), restrictive II 2. 1) а), rising, sagging I 2. 2) б), saturated I 1. 3) б), seller II 2. 1) а), а, selective I 2. 5) б), sensitive I 2. 4) б), short 1. 1), shrinking, slack I 2. 2) б), sluggish II 2. 2) а), soft I 2. 4) б), sold-out, stable I 2. 1) б), stagnant II 2. 1) а), static I 2. 2) б), steady 1. 1), stiff 1. 1), б, strong II 2. 2) а), technically strong, technically weak, tight I 2. 4) б), wide II 2. 1) а)

    See:
    active market, advancing market, bid market, bear market 1), Big Emerging Markets, broad market, bull market, buyers' market, close market, competitive market, complete market, contango market, contestable market, crossed market, crowded market, dead market, declining market, deep market, depressed market, differentiated market, dull market, efficient market, emerging market, established market, expanding market, fast market, fertile market, firm market, flat market, growing market, inactive market, jumpy market, languid market, lemons market, limited market, liquid market, locked market, lucrative market, market of lemons, mature market, narrow market, normal market, offered market, overstocked market, pegged market, present market, price-sensitive market, productive market, profitable market, protected market, recession-hit market, restricted market, restrictive market, rising market, sagging market, saturated market, sellers market, seller's market, sellers' market, selective market, sensitive market, short market, shrinking market, slack market, sluggish market, soft market, sold-out market, stable market, stagnant market, static market, steady market, stiff market, strong market, technically strong market, technically weak market, tight market, wide market
    5) эк., амер. розничный магазин (обычно специализированный, напр., мясной, рыбный)
    6) эк., пол. рынок (принцип устройства экономической системы, предусматривающий свободное формирование цен под воздействием спроса и предложения)
    See:
    7) межд. эк. рынок (экономический союз нескольких стран, в основе которого лежит создание единого торгового пространства для товаров, услуг и факторов производства)

    ATTRIBUTES: common 1) а), single 2) а)

    See:
    2. гл.
    1) эк. продавать, реализовывать, распространять
    2) марк. осуществлять маркетинг, позиционировать, продвигать

    E-mail is recognized as the easiest and cheapest way to market your organization, your programs, and your issues. — Электронная почта считается самым легким и недорогим способом продвижения [рекламирования\] вашей организации, ваших программ и вашей работы.

    See:
    3. прил.
    1) эк. рыночный
    Ant:
    See:
    See:
    market absorption, market acceptance, market activity 2), market appraisal, market area, market attractiveness, market attrition, market audience, market basket, market behaviour 1), market breadth, market break, market breakdown, market cap, market capacity, market capitalization, market challenger, 2), market clearance 2), market clearing, market communications, market composition, market concentration, market condition, market conditions 2), market coverage, market decline, market definition, market demand, market depth, market disequilibrium, market dominance, market dynamics, market equilibrium, market expectation, market expectations, market failure, market focus, market follower, market form, market glut, market grade, 1), market growth, market homogeneity, market interest rate, market intermediary, market jitters, market leader, market leadership, market level 2), market maker, market making, market needs, market nicher, market organization, market out, market participant, market partnership, market pattern, market position, market potential, market power, market presence, market pressure, market price, market profile, market quality 2), market quotation, market rate, market rate of interest, market range, market reaction, market requirements, market resistance, market response, market return, market satisfaction, market saturation, market segment, market selection, market sensitivity, market sentiment, market share, market situation 1), market size, market stability, market standard, market standing, market structure, market supply, market tone, market trader, market trend, market undertone, market user, market value, market value added, market volume, market weight 2) Market Eye
    See:
    market analysis, market analyst, market approach, market arbitrage, market audit, market average, market barrier, market build-up, market channel, market clearance 1), market closing, market conditions 1), market conversion price, market cycle, market data, market development, market discount, market entry, market evidence, market exit, market expansion, market experiment, market exploration, market exposure, market factor, market fluctuation, market fluctuations, market forces, market forecast, market forecasting, 2), market hours, market incentive, market index, market indicator, market information, market inroad, market intelligence, market interface, market investigation, market letter, market level 1), market liquidity, market manager, market mapping, market matching, market maximization, market model, market modification, market movement, market multiple, market niche, market node, market opening, market opportunity, market order, market orientation, market outlet, market penetration, market performance, market period, market plan, market planning, market portfolio, market positioning, market prognosis, market ratio, market report, market research, market researcher, market reversal, market review, market risk, market rollout, market sector 1), &2, market segmentation, market selectivity, market sharing, market signal, market situation 2), market skimming, market specialist, market specialization, market stimulant, market strategy, market study, market survey, market sweep, market target, market targeting, market test, market testing, market timer, market timing
    2) эк. товарный, рыночный ( предназначенный для продажи на рынке)

    market fish — товарная рыба, рыба для продажи

    market stock — товарный скот, скот для продажи

    market vegetables — товарные овощи, овощи для продажи

    Syn:
    See:

    * * *
    market; Mkt; mart 1) рынок: организованная или неформальная система торговли товарами, услугами или финансовыми инструментами на основе четких правил (напр., фондовая биржа); 2) рыночные цены, состояние конъюнктуры; 3) совокупность людей или юридических лиц, предъявляющих текущий или потенциальный спрос на товары услуги; равнозначно спросу; 4) основные участники финансового рынка: дилеры, торгующие за свой счет, посредники и покупатели; 5) = marketplace; 6) рынок как столкновение спроса и предложения покупателей и продавцов, в результате которого определяется цена товара; 7) (to) продавать; см. marketing; 8) = market value; 9) "The Market"= Dow Jones Industrial Average.
    * * *
    рынок; рыночное хозяйство; рыночная экономика; рыночный механизм; спрос; конъюнктура
    . Как правило, употребляется применительно к фондовому рынку. 'Сегодня рынок упал' означает, что в этот день стоимость сделок на фондовом рынке снизилась . Инвестиционная деятельность .
    * * *
    организованное собрание/встреча людей, на которой происходит торговля ценными бумагами
    -----
    территория, на которой встречаются продавцы и покупатели, чтобы обменяться тем, что представляет ценность
    -----
    конъюнктурный обзор; бюллетень о состоянии рынка

    Англо-русский экономический словарь > market

  • 68 Schein

    Schein m 1. BANK, FIN (BE) note, (AE) bill (Geld); 2. KOMM advice; 3. LOGIS ticket
    * * *
    m 1. <Bank, Finanz> Geld note (BE), bill (AE) ; 2. < Komm> advice; 3. < Transp> ticket
    in cpds < Geschäft> quasi-, illusory, bogus, sham
    * * *
    Schein
    (Anschein) colo(u)r (coll.), shade, mask, sham, (Bescheinigung) certificate, bill, (Formular) form, blank, (Papiergeld) bill, [bank] note, (Quittung) receipt, acquittance, (Urkunde) document, deed, instrument, voucher, (Zettel) slip, (Zeugnis) certificate, attestation;
    • dem Schein nach apparently;
    • gegen doppelten Schein on double receipt;
    • laut beiliegendem Schein as per certificate enclosed;
    • Rechnung nur zum Schein ausstellen to write out a proforma bill;
    • Scheinangebot rigged bid, dummy tender, sham offer;
    • Scheinanleger dummy investor;
    • Scheinanspruch colo(u)rable title;
    • Scheinarbeitsplatz dummy job;
    • Scheinauktion mock (sham) auction, knockout [auction] (Br.);
    • Scheinbefehl (Computer) quasi instruction;
    • Scheinbieter mock (straw, US coll.) bidder, by-bidder, (für den Grundeigentümer) puffer;
    • Scheinblüte specious (sham, US) boom;
    • Scheinbörsenmanöver demonstration (US);
    • Scheindividende sham dividend;
    • Scheinfiliale dummy branch;
    • Scheinfirma bogus firm (company);
    • Scheinforderung bogus (specious) claim;
    • Scheingebot sham (rigged, feigned, straw, US coll.) bid;
    • Scheingebot abgeben to puff;
    • Scheingeschäft colo(u)rable (bogus, dummy, fictitious, pro-forma, simulated, sham) transaction, fictitious bargain, sham business, dummy activity;
    • Scheingesellschaft quasi partnership, dummy corporation (US);
    • Scheingesellschafter ostensible (holding-out, Br.) partner;
    • Scheingewinn apparent (imaginary, fictitious, illusory, paper) profit;
    • Scheingrund pretence, pretense (US);
    • Scheinhandel phantom trade;
    • Scheinhandelsgesellschaft dummy-front trading company;
    • Scheinkauf mock (feigned, proforma, sham, fictitious) purchase;
    • Scheinkauf tätigen (Börse) to wash;
    • Scheinkäufer button (sl.);
    • Scheinkonjunktur quasi prosperity, specious (sham, US) boom;
    • Scheinkranker malingerer;
    • Scheinpatent scarecrow patent;
    • Scheinprozess feigned action;
    • Scheinquittung pro-forma receipt;
    • Scheinselbstständigkeit non-genuine free-lancing (free-lance work);
    • Scheintätigkeit dummy activity;
    • Scheinunternehmen dummy concern;
    • Scheinverkauf simulated (fictitious, sham, pro-forma) sale;
    • Scheinankauf und Scheinverkauf von Börsenpapieren wash sale (US), washing (US);
    • Scheinverkäufe vornehmen (Börse) to wash sales of stock (US);
    • Scheinvertrag simulated (feigned, fictitious, sham) contract, simulation;
    • Scheinvertreter ostensible agent;
    • Scheinvertretung ostensible (dummy) agency;
    • Scheinvollmacht apparent authority;
    • Scheinwechsel bogus (pro-forma) bill, fictitious bill (Br.);
    • im Scheinwerferlicht der Öffentlichkeit in the full glare of publicity;
    • Scheinwert apparent (fictitious, imaginary) value;
    • Scheinzahlung feigned (fictitious, sham) payment.

    Business german-english dictionary > Schein

  • 69 wünschen

    I vt/i
    1. wish; sich (Dat) etw. wünschen wish for s.th., want s.th.; sehnend: long for s.th.; (einen Wunsch aussprechen) ask for; jemanden fort / weit weg wünschen wish s.o. (was) gone / far away; du darfst dir etwas wünschen you can say what you’d like; im Märchen: you may have a wish; was wünschst du dir? what would you like?, what do you want?; ich wünsche mir Eis zum Nachtisch I’d like an ice cream for dessert; sie wünscht sich (Dat) zu Weihnachten eine Puppe she wants a doll for Christmas; alles, was man sich (Dat) wünschen kann everything one could wish for; viel zu wünschen übrig lassen leave much to be desired; es ist zu wünschen, dass eine Lösung gefunden wird it is to be hoped that a solution can be found; das wünsche ich meinem schlimmsten Feind nicht I wouldn’t wish that on my worst enemy; ich wünschte, du wärst hier I wish you were here
    2. (wollen) wish, want; ich wünsche, nicht gestört zu werden I don’t want ( oder wish) to be disturbed; ich wünsche, dass hier nicht geraucht wird I don’t want any smoking here; was wünschen Sie oder Sie wünschen? what can I do for you?; wünschen Sie noch etwas? would you like anything else?; wie Sie wünschen! as you wish ( oder like); iro. suit yourself
    3. jemandem etw. wünschen wish s.o. s.th.; ich wünsche Ihnen alles Gute (I wish you) all the best(, then); ich wünsche dir Erfolg / eine gute Reise I wish you success / a pleasant journey (bes. Am. a good trip)
    II v/refl: sich fort / weit weg wünschen wish one were somewhere else / far away; gewünscht, Teufel 3, wohl2 1
    * * *
    to want; to wish; to desire
    * * *
    wụ̈n|schen ['vʏnʃn]
    1. vt
    1)

    ich wünsche mir das — I would like that, I want that

    ich wünsche mir, dass du... — I would like you to...

    ... wie ich mir das gewünscht habe —... as I wanted

    das habe ich mir von meinen Eltern zu Weihnachten gewünscht — I asked my parents to give me that for Christmas, I asked for that for Christmas from my parents

    dass das Projekt erfolgreich sein wird — he wants the project to be successful, he hopes the project will be successful

    diesen Mann als Lehrer/Vater/als or zum Freund — he wishes that this man was his teacher/father/friend

    was wünschst du dir? — what do you want?, what would you like?; (im Märchen) what is your wish?

    2)

    wir wünschen dir gute Besserung/eine gute Reise — we hope you get well soon/have a pleasant journey

    wir wünschen gute Fahrt — we hope you have a good journey, we wish you a good journey

    jdm den Tod/die Pest an den Hals wünschen (fig inf) — to wish sb would die/drop dead (inf)

    3) (= ersehnen, hoffen) to wish

    jdn fort/weit weg wünschen — to wish sb would go away/were far away

    es bleibt/wäre zu wünschen, dass... — it is to be hoped that...

    ich wünschte, ich hätte dich nie gesehen — I wish I'd never seen you

    4) (= begehren, verlangen) to want

    was wünschen Sie? (Diener) — yes, Sir/Madam?; (in Geschäft) what can I do for you?, can I help you?; (in Restaurant) what would you like?

    ich wünsche, dass du das machst — I want you to do that

    2. vi
    (= begehren) to wish

    Sie wünschen? — what can I do for you?; (in Restaurant) what would you like?

    zu wünschen/viel zu wünschen übrig lassen — to leave something/a great deal to be desired

    3. vr

    sich in eine andere Lage/weit weg wünschen — to wish one were in a different situation/far away

    * * *
    1) (- past tense bade, past participle bidden - to express a greeting etc (to someone): He bade me farewell.) bid
    2) (to have and/or express a desire: There's no point in wishing for a miracle; Touch the magic stone and wish; He wished that she would go away; I wish that I had never met him.) wish
    3) (to say that one hopes for (something for someone): I wish you the very best of luck.) wish
    * * *
    wün·schen
    [ˈvʏnʃn̩]
    I. vt
    ▪ jdm etw \wünschen to wish sb sth
    ich wünsche dir alles Glück dieser Welt! I wish you all the luck in the world!, I hope you get everything you could possibly wish for!
    ich wünsche dir gutes Gelingen I wish you every success
    jdm zum Geburtstag alles Gute \wünschen to wish sb a happy birthday
    jdm eine gute Nacht \wünschen to wish [or form bid] sb good night
    ▪ sich dat etw [von jdm] \wünschen to ask for sth [from sb]
    ich habe mir zu Weihnachten eine elektrische Eisenbahn gewünscht I've asked for an electric railway for Christmas
    was wünschst du dir? what would you like?
    nun darfst du dir etwas \wünschen now you can say what you'd like for a present; (im Märchen) now you may make a wish
    ich wünsche nichts sehnlicher, als dass du glücklich wirst my greatest wish is for you to be happy
    ich wünschte, der Regen würde aufhören I wish the rain would stop
    \wünschen wir nur, dass diese Katastrophe niemals eintreten möge! let's just hope that this catastrophe never happens
    ▪ jdm etw \wünschen to wish sb sth
    ich will dir ja nichts Böses \wünschen I don't mean to wish you any harm
    das würde ich meinem schlimmsten Feind nicht \wünschen I wouldn't wish that on my worst enemy
    er wünschte ihr den Tod he wished she would drop dead
    ▪ \wünschen, dass to hope that
    ich wünsche, dass alles gut geht I hope everything goes well
    ich wünsche, dass du wieder gesund nach Hause kommst I hope that you'll come home safe and sound
    das ist [o wäre] zu \wünschen that would be desirable
    4. (haben wollen, erhoffen)
    ▪ sich dat etw \wünschen to want [or hope for] sth
    sie \wünschen sich schon lange ein Kind they've been wanting [or hoping for] a child for a long time
    wir haben uns immer gewünscht, einmal ganz reich zu sein! we've always dreamed of becoming really wealthy
    man hätte sich kein besseres Wetter \wünschen können one couldn't have wished for better weather
    dich wünsche ich mir als Lehrerin I would love [for] you to be my teacher
    alles, was man/jd sich dat nur \wünschen kann everything one/sb could wish for
    sich dat eine bessere Zukunft \wünschen to wish [or hope] for a better future
    ▪ sich dat [von jdm] \wünschen, [dass...] to wish [sb would...]
    ich wünsche mir von dir, dass du in Zukunft pünktlicher bist I wish you'd be more punctual in future
    ▪ etw \wünschen to want sth
    ich wünsche sofort eine Erklärung [von Ihnen]! I demand an explanation [from you] immediately!
    ich wünsche, dass ihr mir gehorcht I want you to do as I say
    wenn Sie noch etwas \wünschen, dann klingeln Sie einfach if you require anything else, please just ring
    ich wünsche ein Zimmer mit Bad I would like a room with bathroom
    jemand wünscht Sie zu sprechen somebody would like to speak with you
    was \wünschen Sie? how may I help you?
    die Wiederholung wurde von der ganzen Klasse gewünscht the whole class requested that it be repeated
    wie gewünscht just as I/we etc. wanted [or wished for
    ▪ jdn irgendwohin \wünschen to wish sb would go somewhere
    ich wünsche dich in die Hölle! [I wish you would] go to hell!
    ▪ sich akk irgendwohin \wünschen to wish oneself somewhere
    sie wünschte sich auf eine einsame Insel she wished she were on a desert island
    II. vi (geh: wollen) to want
    Sie können so lange bleiben, wie Sie \wünschen you can stay as long as you want
    wenn Sie \wünschen, kann ich ein Treffen arrangieren if you want I can arrange a meeting
    ich wünsche, dass der Fernseher heute Abend ausbleibt I would like the television to stay off tonight
    \wünschen Sie, dass ich ein Taxi für Sie bestelle? would you like me to order a taxi for you?
    meine Vorschläge waren dort nicht gewünscht my suggestions were not wanted there
    sollten Sie mich zu sehen \wünschen, klingeln Sie bitte nach mir if you should wish to see me, please ring for me
    Sie \wünschen? may I help you?; (Bestellung) what would you like?
    [ganz] wie Sie \wünschen just as you wish [or please]
    nichts/viel zu \wünschen übrig lassen to leave nothing/much to be desired
    * * *
    1)

    sich (Dat.) etwas wünschen — want something; (im stillen) wish for something

    jemandem Erfolg/nichts Gutes wünschen — wish somebody success/no good

    ich wünschte, du wärest hier — I wish you were here

    2)

    jemandem alles Gute/frohe Ostern wünschen — wish somebody all the best/a happy Easter

    3) auch itr. (begehren) want

    was wünschen Sie?, Sie wünschen? — (von einem Bediensteten gesagt) yes, madam/sir?; (von einem Kellner gesagt) what would you like?; (von einem Verkäufer gesagt) can I help you?

    ganz, wie Sie wünschen — just as you like

    etwas lässt [viel]/lässt nichts zu wünschen übrig — something leaves a great deal/nothing to be desired

    es verlief alles wie gewünscht — everything went as we/he etc. had wanted

    * * *
    A. v/t & v/i
    1. wish;
    sich (dat)
    etwas wünschen wish for sth, want sth; sehnend: long for sth; (einen Wunsch aussprechen) ask for;
    jemanden fort/weit weg wünschen wish sb (was) gone/far away;
    du darfst dir etwas wünschen you can say what you’d like; im Märchen: you may have a wish;
    was wünschst du dir? what would you like?, what do you want?;
    ich wünsche mir Eis zum Nachtisch I’d like an ice cream for dessert;
    zu Weihnachten eine Puppe she wants a doll for Christmas;
    alles, was man sich (dat)
    wünschen kann everything one could wish for;
    viel zu wünschen übrig lassen leave much to be desired;
    es ist zu wünschen, dass eine Lösung gefunden wird it is to be hoped that a solution can be found;
    das wünsche ich meinem schlimmsten Feind nicht I wouldn’t wish that on my worst enemy;
    ich wünschte, du wärst hier I wish you were here
    2. (wollen) wish, want;
    ich wünsche, nicht gestört zu werden I don’t want ( oder wish) to be disturbed;
    ich wünsche, dass hier nicht geraucht wird I don’t want any smoking here;
    Sie wünschen? what can I do for you?;
    wünschen Sie noch etwas? would you like anything else?;
    wie Sie wünschen! as you wish ( oder like); iron suit yourself
    3.
    ich wünsche Ihnen alles Gute (I wish you) all the best(, then);
    ich wünsche dir Erfolg/eine gute Reise I wish you success/a pleasant journey (besonders US a good trip)
    B. v/r:
    sich fort/weit weg wünschen wish one were somewhere else/far away; → gewünscht, Teufel 3, wohl2 1
    * * *
    1)

    sich (Dat.) etwas wünschen — want something; (im stillen) wish for something

    jemandem Erfolg/nichts Gutes wünschen — wish somebody success/no good

    ich wünschte, du wärest hier — I wish you were here

    2)

    jemandem alles Gute/frohe Ostern wünschen — wish somebody all the best/a happy Easter

    3) auch itr. (begehren) want

    was wünschen Sie?, Sie wünschen? — (von einem Bediensteten gesagt) yes, madam/sir?; (von einem Kellner gesagt) what would you like?; (von einem Verkäufer gesagt) can I help you?

    ganz, wie Sie wünschen — just as you like

    etwas lässt [viel]/lässt nichts zu wünschen übrig — something leaves a great deal/nothing to be desired

    es verlief alles wie gewünscht — everything went as we/he etc. had wanted

    * * *
    v.
    to desire v.
    to want v.
    to wish v.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > wünschen

  • 70 pasado

    adj.
    1 last, prior.
    2 past, bygone, down-the-road, gone-by.
    3 stale, gamey.
    4 past, distant, remote.
    m.
    1 past, time before right now.
    2 past, yore, ancient times, yesterday.
    3 past, track record, antecedents.
    4 past, past tense.
    past part.
    past participle of spanish verb: pasar.
    * * *
    1 (tiempo) past
    2 LINGÚÍSTICA past, past tense
    ————————
    1→ link=pasar pasar
    1 past, gone by
    2 (año, semana, etc) last
    3 (después) after
    1 (tiempo) past
    2 LINGÚÍSTICA past, past tense
    \
    estar muy pasado,-a argot to be really out of it
    pasado,-a de moda out of date, out of fashion, old-fashioned
    pasado mañana the day after tomorrow
    * * *
    1. noun m. 2. (f. - pasada)
    adj.
    1) past
    2) out-of-date, old-fashioned
    3) bad, spoiled
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) [tiempo]
    - lo pasado, pasado está
    2) (Culin) (=en mal estado) [pan] stale; [fruta] overripe
    3) (Culin) (=muy hecho) [carne] overdone; [arroz, pasta] overcooked
    4) (=no actual) [ropa, zapatos] old-fashioned; [noticia] stale; [idea] [costumbre] antiquated, out-of-date
    5) (=muy usado) worn

    estar pasado de vueltas o de rosca — [grifo, tuerca] to be worn; [persona] to have seen it all before

    6) [belleza] faded
    7) ** (=borracho, drogado)
    2. SM
    1)
    - el pasado, pasado está
    2) [de persona] past
    3) (Ling) past (tense)
    * * *
    I
    - da adjetivo

    el año/sábado pasado — last year/Saturday

    en tiempos pasados — in days gone by, in bygone days (liter)

    lo pasado, pasado está — (fr hecha) what's done is done, let bygones be bygones

    son las cinco pasadas — it's after o past five o'clock

    2)
    a) ( anticuado) old-fashioned, passé
    b) ( raído) worn-out
    3) < fruta> overripe; <arroz/pastas> overcooked

    el filete muy pasado, por favor — I'd like my steak well done

    4) (arg) < persona> stoned (colloq)
    II
    a) ( época pasada) past
    b) (Ling) past (tense)
    * * *
    = past, spent.
    Ex. Scanning must start to the left of the bar codes and must continue past the right end.
    Ex. If you repeatedly deadhead - trim off the spent flowers - the plant goes into overdrive.
    ----
    * anclado en el pasado = stuck in the past.
    * año pasado, el = last year.
    * aprender del pasado = learn from + the past.
    * decir adiós al pasado = bid + farewell + to the past.
    * del pasado = has-been, of the past, bygone, of yesteryear, gone by.
    * de pasada = in passing.
    * deshacer el pasado = undo + the past.
    * durante el año pasado = over the past year.
    * el mes pasado = last month.
    * en el pasado = in the past, in past eras, at some point in the past, in years gone by, in days gone by, in former times.
    * en el pasado remoto = in the dim and distant past.
    * en un pasado muy lejano = in the dim and distant past.
    * en un pasado no muy distante = in the not too distant past.
    * en un pasado no muy lejano = in the not too distant past.
    * en un pasado oscuro y lejano = in the dim and distant past.
    * época pasada = bygone era.
    * evocación del pasado = stroll down memory lane.
    * hecho como de pasada = throwaway.
    * hurgar en el pasado de Alguien = delve into + Posesivo + past.
    * imagen del pasado = flashback [flash back].
    * indagar el pasado de Alguien = delve into + Posesivo + past.
    * la semana pasada = last week.
    * lo pasado pasado está = let bygones be bygones.
    * mejorar el pasado = improve on + the past.
    * no añorar el pasado = never + look back.
    * olvidar el pasado = let bygones be bygones, forget + the past.
    * pasado accidentado = chequered history, chequered past.
    * pasado actual, el = living past, the.
    * pasado delictivo = criminal past.
    * pasado de moda = passé, out of vogue, out of fashion, out of style.
    * pasado, el = past, the, yesteryear.
    * pasado el mejor momento de Alguien = past + Posesivo + prime.
    * pasado ficticio = imaginary past.
    * pasado imaginario = imaginary past.
    * pasado irregular = chequered history, chequered past.
    * pasado lejano, el = distant past, the.
    * pasado mañana = the day after tomorrow.
    * pasado reciente, el = recent past, the.
    * pasado turbulento = chequered history, chequered past.
    * pasado un punto = beyond a certain point, beyond a point.
    * pensar en el pasado = look back.
    * pertenecer al pasado = be a thing of the past, become + a thing of the past.
    * recordar el pasado = take + a trip down memory lane, stroll down + memory lane, take + a stroll down memory lane.
    * recuerdo del pasado = flashback [flash back].
    * reliquia del pasado = relic of the past.
    * rememoración del pasado = stroll down memory lane.
    * rememorar el pasado = take + a trip down memory lane, stroll down + memory lane, take + a stroll down memory lane.
    * reminiscencia del pasado = stroll down memory lane.
    * ruptura con el pasado = break with the past, break from the past.
    * tiro pasado = passing shot.
    * un pasado oscuro = a dark past.
    * vida pasada = previous life.
    * volver al pasado = turn + the clock back.
    * * *
    I
    - da adjetivo

    el año/sábado pasado — last year/Saturday

    en tiempos pasados — in days gone by, in bygone days (liter)

    lo pasado, pasado está — (fr hecha) what's done is done, let bygones be bygones

    son las cinco pasadas — it's after o past five o'clock

    2)
    a) ( anticuado) old-fashioned, passé
    b) ( raído) worn-out
    3) < fruta> overripe; <arroz/pastas> overcooked

    el filete muy pasado, por favor — I'd like my steak well done

    4) (arg) < persona> stoned (colloq)
    II
    a) ( época pasada) past
    b) (Ling) past (tense)
    * * *
    el pasado
    (n.) = past, the, yesteryear

    Ex: While the reading habits of the elite form the leading edge of intellectual thought, the vast majority of humanity have had, in the past as well as the present, different habits and aims.

    Ex: Ferreting out amazing treasures from yesteryear, antique dealers buy, sell or trade in a wide range of collectables.

    = past, spent.

    Ex: Scanning must start to the left of the bar codes and must continue past the right end.

    Ex: If you repeatedly deadhead - trim off the spent flowers - the plant goes into overdrive.
    * anclado en el pasado = stuck in the past.
    * año pasado, el = last year.
    * aprender del pasado = learn from + the past.
    * decir adiós al pasado = bid + farewell + to the past.
    * del pasado = has-been, of the past, bygone, of yesteryear, gone by.
    * de pasada = in passing.
    * deshacer el pasado = undo + the past.
    * durante el año pasado = over the past year.
    * el mes pasado = last month.
    * en el pasado = in the past, in past eras, at some point in the past, in years gone by, in days gone by, in former times.
    * en el pasado remoto = in the dim and distant past.
    * en un pasado muy lejano = in the dim and distant past.
    * en un pasado no muy distante = in the not too distant past.
    * en un pasado no muy lejano = in the not too distant past.
    * en un pasado oscuro y lejano = in the dim and distant past.
    * época pasada = bygone era.
    * evocación del pasado = stroll down memory lane.
    * hecho como de pasada = throwaway.
    * hurgar en el pasado de Alguien = delve into + Posesivo + past.
    * imagen del pasado = flashback [flash back].
    * indagar el pasado de Alguien = delve into + Posesivo + past.
    * la semana pasada = last week.
    * lo pasado pasado está = let bygones be bygones.
    * mejorar el pasado = improve on + the past.
    * no añorar el pasado = never + look back.
    * olvidar el pasado = let bygones be bygones, forget + the past.
    * pasado accidentado = chequered history, chequered past.
    * pasado actual, el = living past, the.
    * pasado delictivo = criminal past.
    * pasado de moda = passé, out of vogue, out of fashion, out of style.
    * pasado, el = past, the, yesteryear.
    * pasado el mejor momento de Alguien = past + Posesivo + prime.
    * pasado ficticio = imaginary past.
    * pasado imaginario = imaginary past.
    * pasado irregular = chequered history, chequered past.
    * pasado lejano, el = distant past, the.
    * pasado mañana = the day after tomorrow.
    * pasado reciente, el = recent past, the.
    * pasado turbulento = chequered history, chequered past.
    * pasado un punto = beyond a certain point, beyond a point.
    * pensar en el pasado = look back.
    * pertenecer al pasado = be a thing of the past, become + a thing of the past.
    * recordar el pasado = take + a trip down memory lane, stroll down + memory lane, take + a stroll down memory lane.
    * recuerdo del pasado = flashback [flash back].
    * reliquia del pasado = relic of the past.
    * rememoración del pasado = stroll down memory lane.
    * rememorar el pasado = take + a trip down memory lane, stroll down + memory lane, take + a stroll down memory lane.
    * reminiscencia del pasado = stroll down memory lane.
    * ruptura con el pasado = break with the past, break from the past.
    * tiro pasado = passing shot.
    * un pasado oscuro = a dark past.
    * vida pasada = previous life.
    * volver al pasado = turn + the clock back.

    * * *
    pasado1 -da
    A
    (en expresiones de tiempo): el año/mes/sábado pasado last year/month/Saturday
    el recital tuvo lugar el pasado día 14 the recital took place on the 14th
    la visita real que tuvo lugar en días pasados the royal visit which took place a few days ago
    como era la costumbre en tiempos pasados as was the custom in days gone by o ( liter) in bygone days
    lo pasado, pasado está ( fr hecha); what's done is done, let bygones be bygones
    pasados dos o tres días volvió she came back after two or three days
    son las cinco pasadas it's after o past five o'clock, it's gone five ( BrE colloq)
    pasadas las tres de la tarde (sometime) after three o'clock in the afternoon
    ver tb mañana1 adv A. (↑ mañana (1))
    B
    1 (anticuado) passé, old-fashioned
    todo lo que lleva es de lo más pasado all her clothes are so passé o old-fashioned
    2 (gastado, raído) worn-out
    esos zapatos están muy pasados those shoes are worn out, those shoes have seen better days ( colloq hum)
    los codos de la chaqueta están pasados the jacket has gone o worn through at the elbows
    C ( arg); ‹persona› stoned ( colloq), out of one's head ( colloq)
    D
    1 ‹fruta› overripe
    la leche está pasada the milk is off o sour
    2 ‹arroz/pastas› overcooked
    el filete muy pasado, por favor I'd like my steak well done please
    tenemos que olvidar el pasado we must forget the past
    eso pertenece al pasado that's all in the past
    a causa de su pasado político because of her political background
    2 ( Ling) past, past tense
    * * *

     

    Del verbo pasar: ( conjugate pasar)

    pasado es:

    el participio

    Multiple Entries:
    pasado    
    pasar
    pasado 1
    ◊ -da adjetivo

    1 ( en expresiones de tiempo):
    ◊ el año/sábado pasado last year/Saturday;

    pasados dos días after two days;
    son las cinco pasadas it's after o past five o'clock;
    pasado mañana the day after tomorrow
    2 ( anticuado) tb

    3 ‹ fruta› overripe;
    ‹arroz/pastas› overcooked;
    ‹ leche› sour;

    el filete muy pasado, por favor I'd like my steak well done
    pasado 2 sustantivo masculino

    b) (Ling) past (tense)

    pasar ( conjugate pasar) verbo intransitivo
    1
    a) ( ir por un lugar) to come/go past;

    ◊ no ha pasado ni un taxi not one taxi has come/gone past;

    los otros coches no podían pasado the other cars weren't able to get past;
    no dejan pasado a nadie they're not letting anyone through;
    pasado de largo to go right o straight past;
    pasado por la aduana to go through customs;
    es un vuelo directo, no pasa por Miami it's a direct flight, it doesn't go via Miami;
    ¿este autobús pasa por el museo? does this bus go past the museum?;
    pasamos por delante de su casa we went past her house;
    pasaba por aquí y … I was just passing by o I was in the area and …

    ◊ ¿podríamos pasado por el banco? can we stop off at the bank?;

    pasa un día por casa why don't you drop o come by the house sometime?;
    puede pasado a recogerlo mañana you can come and pick it up tomorrow

    ◊ pasado de un lado a otro [persona/barco] to go o cross from one side to the other;


    [ humedad] to go through from one side to the other
    d) ( caber):


    2 ( entrar — acercándose al hablante) to come in;
    (— alejándose del hablante) to go in;
    ◊ pase, por favor please, do come in;

    ¡que pase el siguiente! next, please!;
    haga pasado al Sr Díaz show Mr Díaz in please
    3
    a) (transmitirse, transferirse) [corona/título] to pass;


    b) ( comunicar):

    ◊ te paso con Javier ( en el mismo teléfono) I'll hand o pass you over to Javier;


    ( en otro teléfono) I'll put you through to Javier
    4
    a) (Educ) to pass;

    ◊ pasado de curso to get through o pass one's end-of-year exams


    ◊ no está perfecto, pero puede pasado it's not perfect, but it'll do;

    por esta vez, (que) pase I'll let it pass o go this time
    5



    ver tb hacerse II 3


    ( suceder) to happen;

    lo que pasa es que… the thing o the problem is …;
    pase lo que pase whatever happens, come what may;
    siempre pasa igual or lo mismo it's always the same;
    ¿qué pasa? what's the matter?, what's up? (colloq);
    ¿qué te pasa? what's the matter with you?;
    ¿qué te pasó en el ojo? what happened to your eye?;
    ¿qué le pasa a la tele? what's wrong with the TV?;
    eso le pasa a cualquiera that can happen to anybody;
    no le pasó nada nothing happened to him
    1 ( transcurrir) [tiempo/años] to pass, go by;
    ◊ pasadoon muchos años many years went by o passed;

    ya han pasado dos horas it's been two hours now;
    un año pasa muy rápido a year goes very quickly;
    ¡cómo pasa el tiempo! doesn't time fly!
    2 ( cesar) [crisis/mal momento] to be over;
    [ efecto] to wear off;
    [ dolor] to go away
    3 ( arreglárselas) pasado sin algo to manage without sth
    verbo transitivo
    1
    a) (cruzar, atravesar) ‹ frontera› to cross;

    ‹pueblo/ciudad› to go through
    b) ( dejar atrás) ‹edificio/calle› to go past

    c) (adelantar, sobrepasar) to overtake

    2
    a) ( hacer atravesar) pasado algo POR algo to put sth through sth;


    b) (por la aduana —legalmente) to take through;

    (— ilegalmente) to smuggle
    3 ( hacer recorrer):

    pásale un trapo al piso give the floor a quick wipe;
    hay que pasadole una plancha it needs a quick iron
    4 (exhibir, mostrar) ‹película/anuncio› to show
    5 ‹examen/prueba› to pass
    6 ‹página/hoja› to turn;
    ◊ pasado por alto ‹falta/error› to overlook;


    ‹tema/punto› to leave out, omit
    1 (entregar, hacer llegar):

    ¿me pasas el martillo? can you pass me the hammer?
    2 ( contagiar) to give, to pass on
    1
    a) ‹ tiempo› to spend;


    fuimos a Toledo a pasado el día we went to Toledo for the day


    pasa todo el día al teléfono she spends all day on the phone
    c) pasarlo or pasarla bien to have a good time;

    ◊ ¿qué tal lo pasaste en la fiesta? did you have a good time at the party?, did you enjoy the party?;

    lo pasé mal I didn't enjoy myself
    2 (sufrir, padecer) ‹penalidades/desgracias› to go through, to suffer;
    ◊ pasé mucho miedo/frío I was very frightened/cold

    pasarse verbo pronominal
    1 ( cambiarse):

    2


    esta vez te has pasado (fam) you've gone too far this time
    b) ( enf) (fam) (ir):


    ¿podrías pasadote por el mercado? could you go down to the market?
    3
    a) [peras/tomates] to go bad, get overripe;

    [carne/pescado] to go off, go bad;
    [ leche] to go off, go sour
    b) (recocerse) [arroz/pasta] to get overcooked

    1

    [ dolor] to go away;
    (+ me/te/le etc)
    ◊ ya se me pasó el dolor the pain's gone o eased now;

    espera a que se le pase el enojo wait until he's calmed o cooled down


    ver tb pasar verbo transitivo III 1
    2 (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) ( olvidarse):




    pasado,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 (último) last
    2 (sin actualidad, trasnochado) old-fashioned: le di un número pasado de la revista, I gave him a back number of the magazine
    3 (estropeado, podrido) bad: creo que esta carne está pasada, I think this meat is off
    4 Culin cooked
    un filete poco pasado, a rare steak 5 pasado mañana, the day after tomorrow
    II sustantivo masculino past: no puede recordar el pasado más reciente, he's got a bad short-term memory
    tiene un oscuro pasado, his past is a mystery
    pasar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 to pass
    2 (trasladar) to move
    3 (dar) to pass, give: no me pasó el recado, he didn't give me the message
    4 (hojas de libro) to turn
    5 (el tiempo, la vida) to spend, pass
    6 (soportar, sufrir) to suffer, endure: está pasando una crisis personal, she's going through a personal crisis
    pasamos sed y calor, we suffered thirst and heat
    7 (río, calle, frontera) to cross
    8 (tragar) to swallow
    9 (tolerar, aguantar) to bear
    10 (introducir) to insert, put through
    11 (un examen, una eliminatoria) to pass
    12 Cine to run, show: este sábado pasan Ben Hur, they're putting Ben Hur on this Saturday
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 to pass: ¿a qué hora pasa el tren?, what time does the train pass?
    Cervantes pasó por aquí, Cervantes passed this way
    ya pasó, it has already passed
    pasar de largo, to go by (without stopping)
    2 (entrar) to come in
    3 (ser tolerable) to be acceptable: no está mal, puede pasar, it isn't bad, it will do
    4 (exceder) to surpass: no pases de los 70 km/h, don't exceed 70 km/h
    5 (a otro asunto) to go on to
    pasar a ser, to become
    6 (tiempo) to pass, go by
    7 (arreglarse, apañarse) pasar sin, to do without: puedo pasar sin coche, I can manage without a car
    8 fam (no tener interés, prescindir) pasa de lo que digan, don't mind what they say
    paso de ir al cine, I'll give the cinema a miss
    9 (suceder) to happen: ¿qué pasa?, what's going on?
    ¿qué le pasa?, what's the matter with him?
    pase lo que pase, whatever happens o come what may
    ♦ Locuciones: pasar algo a limpio, to make a fair copy of sthg
    pasarlo bien/mal, to have a good/difficult time
    pasar por, to put up with: paso por que me digas que estoy gorda, pero no pienso tolerar que me amargues cada comida, I can handle you calling me fat, but I'm not having you ruin every single meal for me
    pasar por alto, to overlook: pasaré por alto esa observación, I'll just ignore that remark
    ' pasado' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    año
    - añorar
    - antigua
    - antiguo
    - atrincherarse
    - caduca
    - caduco
    - desempolvar
    - devengar
    - enfado
    - exposición
    - exterior
    - fecha
    - guerrear
    - honrosa
    - honroso
    - huevo
    - inspección
    - mañana
    - moda
    - oscura
    - oscuro
    - pasada
    - poder
    - preferir
    - recién
    - recordar
    - renegar
    - revolver
    - romper
    - soler
    - trasnochada
    - trasnochado
    - volver
    - ya
    - accidentado
    - atrasado
    - calamidad
    - comparación
    - el
    - hurgar
    - luego
    - lunes
    - menos
    - mes
    - olvidar
    - participio
    - pasar
    - remover
    - rosca
    English:
    after
    - ago
    - appreciate
    - beyond
    - block out
    - break with
    - bumper
    - bygone
    - clarify
    - climbing
    - come out
    - dated
    - day
    - day off
    - deprivation
    - dissociate
    - disturbance
    - do
    - downturn
    - expatriate
    - forget
    - free
    - glance
    - go
    - go over to
    - go through
    - guess
    - hand down
    - lie
    - move away
    - murky
    - notice
    - now
    - old-fashioned
    - on
    - ordeal
    - out
    - outmoded
    - part
    - past
    - public
    - rake up
    - recapture
    - remember
    - remnant
    - retrace
    - shady
    - sit about
    - sit around
    - soggy
    * * *
    pasado, -a
    ♦ adj
    1. [terminado] past;
    pasado un año a year later;
    son las nueve pasadas it's gone nine (o'clock);
    se pusieron en marcha pasada la medianoche it was past o gone midnight when they set off;
    lo pasado, pasado está let bygones be bygones;
    Am
    lo pasado, pisado let bygones be bygones
    2. [último] last;
    el año/mes pasado last year/month;
    ocurrió el pasado martes it happened last Tuesday
    3. [podrido] off, bad
    4. [muy hecho] [pasta] overcooked;
    [filete, carne] overdone
    5. [anticuado] old-fashioned, out-of-date
    6. Fam
    estar pasado [drogado] to be stoned
    7. Comp
    Fam
    ese tío está pasado de rosca o [m5] de revoluciones that guy goes too far o over the top
    ♦ nm
    1. [tiempo] past;
    tiene un pasado muy sospechoso he has a very suspect past
    2. Gram past (tense);
    en pasado in the past (tense)
    * * *
    I adj tiempo last;
    el lunes pasado last Monday;
    pasado de moda old-fashioned
    II m past
    * * *
    pasado, -da adj
    1) : past
    el año pasado: last year
    pasado mañana: the day after tomorrow
    pasadas las siete: after seven o'clock
    2) : stale, bad, overripe
    3) : old-fashioned, out-of-date
    4) : overripe, slightly spoiled
    pasado nm
    : past
    * * *
    pasado1 adj
    1. (último) last
    2. (anterior) past
    3. (estropeado) bad / off
    pasado2 n
    2. (tiempo verbal) past / past tense

    Spanish-English dictionary > pasado

  • 71 uğurlamamak

    v. (neg. form of uğurlamak) bid farewell, bid smb. godspeed, see off, show out, see, send off, speed

    Turkish-English dictionary > uğurlamamak

  • 72 FARA

    go
    * * *
    (fer; fór, fórum; farinn), v.
    1) to move, pass along, go;
    gekk hann hvargi sem hann fór, he walked wherever he went;
    fara heim (heiman), to go home (from home);
    fara á fund e-s to visit one;
    fjöld ek fór, I travelled much;
    hann sagði, hversu orð fóru með þeim, what words passed between them;
    absol., to go begging (ómagar, er þar eigu at fara í því þingi);
    2) with ‘ferð, leið’ or the like added in acc., gen., or dat.;
    fara leiðar sinnar, to go one’s way, proceed on one’s journey (= fara ferðar sinnar or ferða sinna, fara ferð sina, fara för sina, förum sínum);
    fara þessa ferð, to make this journey;
    fara fullum dagleiðum, to travel a full days journeys;
    fara stefnuför, to go a-summoning;
    fara bónorðsför, to go a-wooing;
    fara sigrför, to go on the path of victory, to triumph;
    fara góða för, to make a lucky journey;
    fig., fara ósigr, to be defeated;
    fara mikinn skaða, to suffer great damage;
    fara hneykju, skömm, to incur disgrace;
    fara erendleysu, to fail in one’s errand;
    with the road in acc. (fara fjöll ok dala);
    3) fara búðum, bygðum, vistum, to move, change one’s abode;
    fara eldi ok arni, to move one’s hearth and fire;
    4) fara einn saman, to go alone;
    fara eigi ein saman, to go with child (= fara með barni);
    5) with infin.;
    fara sofa, to go to sleep (allir menn vóru sofa farnir);
    fara vega, to go to fight;
    fara leita, to go seeking (var leita farit);
    6) with an a., etc.;
    fara villr, to go astray;
    fara haltr, to walk lame;
    fara vanstiltr, to go out of one’s mind;
    fara duldr e-s, to be unaware of;
    fara andvígr e-m, to give battle;
    fara leyniliga (leynt), to be kept secret;
    eigi má þetta svá fara, this cannot go on in that way;
    fjarri ferr þat, far from it, by no means;
    fór þat fjarri, at ek vilda, I was far from desiring it;
    7) to turn out, end;
    fór þat sem líkligt var, it turned out as was likely (viz. ended ill);
    svá fór, at, the end was, that;
    ef svá ferr sem ek get til, if it turns out as I guess;
    á sómu leið fór um aðra sendimenn, it went the same way with the other messengers;
    8) to fare well, ill;
    biðja e-n vel fara, to bid one farewell;
    9) to suit, fit, esp. of clothes, hair (ekki þykkir mér kyrtill þinn fara betr en stakkr minn; hárit fór vel);
    impers., fór illa á hestinum, it sat ill on the horse;
    10) impers., e-m ferr vel, illa, one behaves or acts well, ill;
    honum hafa öll málin verst farit, he has behaved worst in the whole matter;
    e-m ferr vinveittliga, one behaves in a friendly way;
    11) fara e-t höndum, to touch with the hands, esp. of a healing touch, = fara höndum um e-t (bið hann fara höndum meinit);
    fara land herskildi, brandi, to visit a land with ‘warshield’, with fire, to ravage or devastate it (gekk síðan á land upp með liði sínu ok fór alit herskildi);
    12) to overtake (Án hrísmagi var þeirra skjótastr ok gat farit sveininn);
    tunglit ferr sólina, the moon overtakes the sun;
    áðr hana Fenrir fari, before F. overtakes her;
    13) to ill-treat, treat cruelly;
    menn sá ek þá, er mjök höfðu hungri farit hörund, that had chastened their flesh with much fasting;
    14) to put an end to, destroy;
    fara sér (sjálfr), to kill oneself;
    fara lífi (fjörvi) e-s, to deprive one of life;
    þú hefir sigr vegit ok Fáfni (dat.) um farit, killed F.;
    15) to forfeit (fara löndum ok lausafé);
    16) refl., farast;
    17) with preps. and advs.:
    fara af klæðum, to take off one’s clothes;
    fara at e-m, to make an attack upon, to assault (eigi mundi í annat sinn vænna at fara at jarlinum);
    fara at e-u, to mind, pay heed to;
    ekki fer ek at, þótt þú hafir svelt þik til fjár (it does not matter to me, I do not care, though);
    to deal with a thing, proceed in a certain way;
    fara at lögum, úlögum, to proceed lawfully, unlawfully;
    fara mjúkliga at, to proceed gently;
    hér skulu við fara at með ráðum, act with, deliberation;
    impers. with dat., to do, behave;
    illa hefir mér at farit, I have done my business badly; to go in pusuit (search) of (víkingar nökkurir þeir sem fóru at féföngum);
    fara at fuglaveiðum, to go a-fowling;
    fara at fé, to tend sheep;
    fara á e-n, to come upon one;
    sigu saman augu, þá er dauðinn fór á, when death seized him;
    fara á hæl or hæli, to step back, retreat;
    fara eptir e-m, to follow one;
    fara eptir e-u, to go for, go to fetch (Snorri goði fór eptir líkinu; fara eptir vatni); to accommodate oneself to, conform to (engi vildi eptir öðrum fara);
    þau orð er eptir fara, the following words;
    fara fram, to go on, take place;
    ef eigi ferr gjald fram, if no payment takes place;
    veizlan ferr vel fram, the feast went on well;
    spyrr, hvat þar fœri fram, he asked, what was going on there;
    fara fram ráðum e-s, to follow one’s advice;
    allt mun þat sínu fram fara, it will take its own course;
    kváðu þat engu gegna ok fóru sínu fram, took their own way;
    segir honum, hversu þeir fóru fram, how they acted;
    fara e-t fram, to do., perform a thing;
    spyrr hann, hvat nú sé fram faranda, what is to be done;
    fara fyrir e-t, to pass for, be taken for (fari sá fyrir níðing, er);
    fara hjá sér, to be beside oneself;
    fara í e-t, to go into (fara í tunnu);
    fara í sæng, rekkju, to go to bed;
    fara í sess sinn, sæti sitt, to take one’s seat;
    fara í klæði, to put on clothes, dress;
    fara í vápn, brynju, to put on armour;
    fara í lag, to go right or straight again (þá fóru brýnn hans í lag);
    fara í vöxt, to increase;
    fara í þurð, to wane;
    fara í hernað, víking, to go a-freebooting;
    nú ferr í úvænt efni, now matters look hopeless;
    to happen, occur (alit þat, er í hafði farit um nóttina);
    fara með e-t, to wield handle, manage;
    fór Hroptr með Gungni, H. wielded (the spear) Gungnir;
    fara með goðorð, to hold a goðorð;
    fara með sök, to manage a lawsuit;
    to practice, deal in;
    fara með rán, to deal in robbery;
    fara með spott ok háð, to go scoffing and mocking;
    fara með galdra ok fjölkyngi, to practice sorcery;
    to deal with, treat, handle (þú munt bezt ok hógligast með hann fara);
    fara af hljóði með e-t, to keep matters secret;
    fara með e-m, to go with one, follow one (ek skal með yðr fara með allan minn styrk);
    fara með e-u, to do (so and so) with a thing, to deal with, manage;
    hvernig þeir skyldu fara með vápnum sínum, what they were to do with their weapons;
    sá maðr, er með arfinum ferr, who manages the inheritance;
    fara með málum sínum, to manage one’s case;
    fara vel með sínum háttum, to bear oneself well;
    undarliga fara munkar þessir með sér, these monks behave strangely;
    fara með barni, to go with child;
    impers., ferr með þeim heldr fáliga, they are on indifferent terms;
    fara ór landi, to leave the country;
    fara ór klæðum, fötum, to take off one’s clothes, undress;
    fara saman, to go together; to shake, shudder;
    fór en forna fold öll saman, shivered all through;
    to concur, agree (hversu má þat saman f);
    fara til svefns, to go to sleep (= fara at sofa);
    fara um e-t, to travel over (fara um fjall);
    fara höndum um e-n, to stroke or touch one with the hands (hann fór höndum um þá, er sjúkir vóru);
    fara mörgum orðum um e-t, to dilate upon a subject;
    fara myrkt um e-t, to keep a matter dark;
    fara undan, to excuse oneself (from doing a thing), to decline, refuse (hvat berr til, at þú ferr undan at gera mér veizluna);
    borð fara upp, the tables are removed;
    fara út, to go from Norway to Iceland; to come to a close, run out (fóru svá út þessir fimm vetr);
    fara útan, to go abroad (from Iceland);
    fara við e-n, to treat one, deal with one in a certain way;
    margs á, ek minnast, hve við mik fóruð, I have many things to remember of your dealings with me;
    fara yfir e-t, to go through;
    nú er yfir farit um landnám, now an account of the settlements has been given;
    skjótt yfir at fara, to be brief.
    * * *
    pret. fóra, 2nd pers. fórt, mod. fórst, pl. fóru; pres. ferr, 2nd pers. ferr, in mod. pronunciation ferð; pret. subj. færa; imperat. far and farðu (= far þú); sup. farit; part. farinn; with the suffixed neg. fór-a, Am. 45; farið-a ( depart not), Hkr. i. 115 MS. (in a verse). [In the Icel. scarcely any other verb is in so freq. use as fara, as it denotes any motion; not so in other Teut. idioms; in Ulf. faran is only used once, viz. Luke x. 7; Goth. farjan means to sail, and this seems to be the original sense of fara (vide far); A. S. faran; the Germ. fahren and Engl. fare are used in a limited sense; in the Engl. Bible this word never occurs (Cruden); Swed. fara; Dan. fare.]
    A. NEUT. to go, fare, travel, in the widest sense; gékk hann hvargi sem hann fór, he walked wherever he went, Hkr. i. 100; né ek flý þó ek ferr, I fly not though I fare, Edda (in a verse); létt er lauss at fara (a proverb), Sl. 37: the saying, verðr hverr með sjálfum sér lengst at fara, Gísl. 25; cp. ‘dass von sich selbst der Mensch nicht scheiden kann’ (Göthe’s Tasso), or the Lat. ‘patriae quis exul se quoque fugit?’ usually in the sense to go, to depart, heill þú farir, heill þú aptr komir, Vþm. 4; but also to come, far þú hingat til mín, come here, Nj. 2.
    2. to travel, go forth or through, pass, or the like; þú skalt fara í Kirkjubæ, Nj. 74; fara ór landi, to fare forth from one’s country, Fms. v. 24; kjóll ferr austan, Vsp. 51; Surtr ferr sunnan, 52; snjór var mikill, ok íllt at fara, and ill to pass, Fms. ix. 491; fóru þeir út eptir ánni, Eg. 81; siðan fór Egill fram með skóginum, 531; þeim sem hann vildi at færi … Njáll hét at fara, Nj. 49; fara munu vér, Eg. 579; Egill fór til þess er hann kom til Álfs. 577, Fms. xi. 122; fara þeir nú af melinum á sléttuna. Eg. 747; fara heiman, to fare forth from one’s home, K. Þ. K. 6; alls mik fara tíðir, Vþm. 1; fjölð ek fór, far I fared, i. e. travelled far, 3: the phrase, fara utan, to fare outwards, go abroad (from Iceland), passim; fara vestr um haf, to fare westward over the sea, i. e. to the British Isles, Hkr. i. 101; fara á fund e-s, to visit one, Ld. 62; fara at heimboði, to go to a feast, id.; fara fæti, to fare a-foot, go walking, Hkr.; absol. fara, to travel, beg, hence föru-maðr, a vagrant, beggar; in olden times the poor went their rounds from house to house within a certain district, cp. Grág. i. 85; ómagar er þar eigu at fara í því þingi eðr um þau þing, id.; ómagar skolu fara, 119; omegð þá er þar ferr, 296: in mod. usage, fara um and um-ferð, begging, going round.
    β. with prep.: fara at e-m, to make an inroad upon one, Nj. 93, 94, 102 (cp. at-för); fara á e-n, to mount, e. g. fara á bak, to mount on horseback; metaph., dauðinn fór á, death seized him, Fms. xi. 150; f. saman, to go together, Edda 121, Grág. ii. 256; f. saman also means to shudder. Germ. zusammenfahren, Hým. 24: metaph. to concur, agree, hversu má þat saman f., Nj. 192; þeim þótti þat mjök saman f., Fms. iv. 382; fara á hæl, or á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. step back. retreat, xi. 278, Eg. 296; fara undan, metaph. to excuse oneself, refuse (v. undan), Nj. 23, Fms. x. 227; fara fyrir, to proceed; fara eptir, to follow.
    3. with ferð, leið or the like added, in acc. or gen. to go one’s way; fara leiðar sinnar, to proceed on one’s journey, Eg. 81, 477, Fms. i. 10, Grág. ii. 119; fara ferðar sinnar, or ferða sinna, id.. Eg. 180, Fms. iv. 125; fara derð sina, id.. Eg. 568; fara förum sínum, or för sinní, id., K. Þ. K. 80, 90; fara dagfari ok náttfari, to travel day and night, Fms. i. 203; fara fullum dagleiðum, to go full days-journeys, Grág. i. 91; or in a more special sense, fara þessa ferð, to make this journey, Fas. ii. 117; f. stefnu-för, to go a-summoning; f. bónorðs-för, to go a-courting, Nj. 148; f. sigr-för, to go on the way of victory, to triumph, Eg. 21; fara sendi-för, to go on a message, 540.
    β. in a metaph. sense; fara hneykju-för, to be shamefully beaten, Hrafn. 19 (MS.); fara ósigr, to be defeated, Eg. 287; fara mikinn skaða, to ‘fare’ (i. e. suffer) great damage, Karl. 43; fara því verrum förum, fara skömm, hneykju, erendleysu, úsæmð, to get the worst of it, Fms. viii. 125.
    4. with the road in acc.; hann fór Vánar-skarð, Landn. 226; f. sjó-veg, land-veg, K. Þ. K. 24; fór mörg lönd ok stórar merkr, Fas. ii. 540; fara sömu leið, Fms. i. 70; f. sama veg, Luke x. 31; f. fjöll ok dala, Barl. 104; fara út-leið, þjóð-leið, Fms. iv. 260; also, fara um veg, fara um fjall, to cross a fell, Hm. 3; fara liði, to march, Fms. i. 110.
    II. in a more indefinite sense, to go; fara búðum, bygðum, vistum, to move, change one’s abode, Ld. 56, Hkr. ii. 177, Nj. 151, Vigl. 30; fara búferla, to more one’s household, Grág. ii. 409; fara vöflunarförum, to go a-begging, i. 163, 294, ii. 482.
    2. the phrases, fara eldi ok arni, a law term, to move one’s hearth and fire. Grág. ii. 253; fara eldi um land, a heathen rite for taking possession of land, defined in Landn. 276. cp. Eb. 8, Landn. 189, 284.
    3. fara einn-saman, to be alone. Grág. ii. 9; the phrase, f. eigi einn-saman, to be not alone, i. e. with child, Fms. iii. 109; or, fór hón með svein þann, Bs. i. 437; cp. ganga með barni.
    4. adding an adj., to denote gait, pace, or the like; fara snúðigt, to stride haughtily, Nj. 100; fara mikinn, to rush on, 143; fara flatt, to fall flat, tumble, Bárð. 177; fara hægt, to walk slowly.
    β. fara til svefns, to go to sleep, Nj. 35; f. í sæti sitt, to go to one’s seat, 129; f. í sess, Vþm. 9; f. á bekk, 19; fara á sæng, to go to bed, N. G. L. i. 30; fara í rúmið, id. (mod.); fara í mannjöfnuð, Ísl. ii. 214; fara í lag, to be put straight, Eg. 306; fara í vöxt, to wax, increase, Fms. ix. 430, Al. 141; fara í þurð, to wane, Ld. 122, l. 1 (MS.); fara í úefni, to go to the wrong side, Sturl. iii. 210; fara at skakka, to be odd ( not even). Sturl. ii. 258; fara at sölum, to be put out for sale, Grág. ii. 204.
    5. fara at fuglum, to go a-fowling, Orkn. (in a verse); fara at fugla-veiðum, id., Bb. 3. 36; fara í hernað, í víking, to go a-freebooting, Fms. i. 33, Landn. 31; fara at fé, to watch sheep, Ld. 240; fara at fé-föngum, to go a-fetching booty, Fms. vii. 78.
    β. with infin., denoting one’s ‘doing’ or ‘being;’ fara sofa, to go to sleep, Eg. 377; fara vega, to go to fight, Vsp. 54, Gm. 23; fara at róa, Vígl. 22; fara leita, to go seeking, Fms. x. 240; fara að búa, to set up a household, Bb. 2. 6; fara að hátta, to go to bed.
    γ. akin to this is the mod. use of fara with an infin. following in the sense to begin, as in the East Angl. counties of Engl. it ‘fares’ to …, i. e. it begins, is likely to be or to do so and so; það fer að birta, það er farit að dimma, it ‘fares’ to grow dark; það fer að hvessa, it ‘fares’ to blow; fer að rigna, it ‘fares’ to rain. etc.:—no instance of this usage is recorded in old Icel., but the Engl. usage shews that it must be old.
    δ. with an adj. etc.; fara villr, to go astray, Sks. 565; fara haltr, to go lame, Fms. x. 420; fara vanstiltr, to go out of one’s mind, 264; fara hjá sér, to be beside oneself, Eb. 270; fara apr, to feel chilly, Fms. vi. 237 (in a verse); fara duldr e-s, to be unaware of, Skálda 187 (in a verse); fara andvígr e-m, to give battle, Stor. 8; fara leyniliga, to go secretly, be kept hidden, Nj. 49.
    6. to pass; fór sú skipan til Íslands, Fms. x. 23; fara þessi mál til þings, Nj. 100; hversu orð fóru með þeim, how words passed between them, 90; fóru þau orð um, the runner went abroad, Fms. i. 12; ferr orð er um munn líðr (a saying), iv. 279; þá fór ferligt úorðan, a bad report went abroad, Hom. 115.
    7. fara fram, to go on, take place; ferr þetta fram, Ld. 258; ef eigi ferr gjald fram, if no payment takes place, K. Þ. K. 64; ferr svá fram, and so things went on without a break, Nj. 11, Eg. 711; veizlan ferr vel fram, the feast went on well, Nj. 11, 51; spyrr hvat þar færi fram, he asked what there was going on. Band. 17; fór allt á sömu leið sem fyrr, it went on all the same as before, Fms. iv. 112; fara fram ráðum e-s, to follow one’s advice, Nj. 5, 66, Fms. vii. 318; allt mun þat sínu fram f., it will take its own course, Nj. 259; nú er því ferr fram um hríð, it went on so for a while, Fms. xi. 108; a law term, to be produced, gögn fara fram til varnar, Grág. i. 65; dómar fara út, the court is set (vide dómr), Grág., Nj., passim.
    8. borð fara upp brott, the tables are removed (vide borð), Eg. 247, 551; eigi má þetta svá f., this cannot go on in that way, Nj. 87; fjarri ferr þat, far from it, by no means, 134; fór þat fjarri at ek vilda, Ld. 12; fór þat ok svá til, and so if came to pass, Fms. x. 212.
    9. to turn out, end; hversu ætlar þú fara hesta-atið, Nj. 90; fór þat sem likligt var, it turned out as was likely (i. e. ended ill). Eg. 46; svá fór, at …, the end was, that …, Grett. 81 new Ed.; ef svá ferr sem ek get til, if it turns out as I guess, Dropl. 30, Vígl. 21; ef svá ferr sem mín orð horfa til, Fms. v. 24; ef svá ferr sem mik varir, if it comes to pass as it seems to me, vi. 350; svá fór um sjóferð þá, Bjarni 202; á sömu leið fór um aðra sendi-menn, Eg. 537; to depart, die, þar fór nýtr maðr, Fs. 39; fara danða-yrði, to pass the death-weird, to die, Ýt. 8.
    10. to fare well, ill, in addressing; fari þér vel, fare ye well, Nj. 7; biðja e-n vel fara, to bid one farewell, Eg. 22, Ld. 62; far heill ok sæll, Fms. vii. 197: in a bad sense, far þú nú þar, ill betide thee! Hbl. 60; far (impers.) manna armastr, Eg. 553; Jökull bað hann fara bræla armastan, Finnb. 306; fari þér í svá gramendr allir, Dropl. 23.
    11. fara í fat, í brynju (acc.), etc., to dress, undress; but fara ór fötum (dat.), to undress, Fms. x. 16, xi. 132, vii. 202, Nj. 143, Gh. 16, etc.
    III. metaph.,
    1. to suit, fit, esp. of clothes, hair, or the like; ekki þykkir mér kyrtill þinn fara betr en stakkr minn, Fas. ii. 343; hárið fór vel, Nj. 30; jarpr á hár ok fór vel hárit, Fms. ii. 7; gult hár sem silki ok fór fagrliga, vi. 438, Fs. 88; klæði sem bezt farandi, Eb. 256; var sú konan bezt f., the most graceful, lady-like, Ísl. ii. 438; fór ílla á hestinum, it sat ill on the horse, Bs. i. 712.
    2. impers. it goes so and so with one, i. e. one behaves so and so: e-m ferr vel, ílla, etc., one behaves well, ill, etc.; honum hafa öll málin verst farit, he has behaved worst in the whole matter, Nj. 210; bezta ferr þér, Fms. vii. 33; vel mun þér fara, Nj. 55; at honum fari vel, 64; þer hefir vel farit til mín, Finnb. 238; e-m ferr vinveittliga, one behaves in a friendly way, Nj. 217; ferr þér þá bezt jafnan ok höfðinglegast er mest liggr við, 228; mun honum nokkurn veg vel f., Hrafn. 10; údrengiliga hefir þér farit til vár, Ld. 48; ferr þér illa, Nj. 57; hversu Gunnari fór, how ( well) G. behaved, 119.
    3. fara at e-u, to deal with a thing (i. e. proceed) so and so; svá skal at sókn fara, thus is the pleading to be proceeded with, Grág. i. 323; svá skal at því f. at beiða …, 7; fara at lögum, or úlögum at e-u, to proceed lawfully or unlawfully, 126; hversu at skyldi f., how they were to proceed, Nj. 114; fara mjúklega at, to proceed gently, Fms. vii. 18; hér skulu vér f. at með ráðum, to act with deliberation, Eg. 582; Flosi fór at öngu óðara ( took matters calmly), en hann væri heima, Nj. 220.
    β. impers. with dat., to do, behave; ílla hefir mér at farit, I have done my business badly, Hrafn. 8; veit Guð hversu hverjum manni mun at f., Fms. x. 212: in mod. phrases, to become, ironically, þér ferr það, or þér ferst það, it becomes thee, i. e. ‘tis too bad of thee.
    γ. hví ferr konungrinn nú svá (viz. at), Fms. i. 35; er slíkt úsæmiliga farit, so shamefully done, Nj. 82; hér ferr vænt at, here things go merrily, 232; karlmannliga er farit, manfully done, 144.
    δ. to mind, care about; ekki ferr ek at, þótt þú hafir svelt þik til fjár, it does not matter to me, I do not care, though …, Nj. 18; ekki munu vit at því fara ( never mind that), segir Helgi, 133.
    ε. fara eptir, to be in proportion; hér eptir fór vöxtr ok afl, his strength and stature were in proportion, Clar.
    4. fara með e-t, to wield, handle, manage; fór Hroptr með Gungni, H. wielded Gungni ( the spear), Kormak; f. með Gríðar-völ, to wield the staff G., Þd. 9: as a law term, to wield, possess; fara með goðorð, to keep a goðorð, esp. during the session of parliament, Dropl. 8, Grág. and Nj. passim; fara með sök, to manage a lawsuit, Grág., Nj.; or, fara við sök, id., Nj. 86.
    β. metaph. to practise, deal in; fara með rán, to deal in robbing, Nj. 73; fara með spott ok háð, to go sporting and mocking, 66; f. með fals ok dár, Pass. 16. 5; fara með galdra ok fjölkyngi, K. Þ. K. 76; f. með hindr-vitni, Grett. 111; cp. the phrase, farðu ekki með það, don’t talk such nonsense.
    γ. to deal with, treat, handle; þú munt bezt ok hógligast með hann fara, thou wilt deal with him most kindly and most gently, Nj. 219; fara af hljóði með e-t, to keep matters secret, id.; Ingimundr fór vel með sögum (better than sögur, acc.), Ing. dealt well with stories, was a good historian. Sturl. i. 9.
    δ. with dat.; fara með e-u, to do so and so with a thing, manage it; hversu þeir skyldi fara með vápnum sínum, how they were to do with their weapons, Fms. ix. 509; sá maðr er með arfinum ferr, who manages the arfr, Grág. i. 217; ef þeir fara annan veg með því fé, 216; fara með málum sínum, to manage one’s case, 46; meðan hann ferr svá með sem mælt er, 93; Gunnarr fór með öllu ( acted in all) sem honum var ráð til kennt, Nj. 100; ef svá er með farit, Ld. 152; f. vel með sínum háttum, to bear oneself well, behave well, Eg. 65; Hrafn fór með sér vel, H. bore himself well, Fms. vi. 109; undarliga fara munkar þessir með sér, they behave strangely, 188; við förum kynlega með okkrum málum, Nj. 130; vant þyki mér með slíku at fara, difficult matters to have to do with, 75; f. málum á hendr e-m, to bring an action against one, Ld. 138; fara sókn ( to proceed) sem at þingadómi, Grág. i. 463; fara svá öllu máli um sem …, 40, ii. 348; fara með hlátri ok gapi, to go laughing and scoffing, Nj. 220; cp. β above.
    IV. fara um, yfir e-t, to pass over slightly; nú er yfir farit um landnám, shortly told, touched upon, Landn. 320; skjótt yfir at f., to be brief, 656 A. 12; fara myrkt um e-t, to mystify a thing, Ld. 322; fara mörgum orðum um e-t, to dilate upon a subject, Fbr. 124, Nj. 248, Fms. ix. 264.
    β. in the phrase, fara höndum um e-t, to go with the hands about a thing, to touch it, Germ. befühlen, esp. medic. of a healing touch; jafnan fengu menn heilsubót af handlögum hans, af því er hann fór höndum um þá er sjúkir vóru, Játv. 24; ok pá fór hann höndum um hann, Bs. i. 644; þá lét Arnoddr fara aðra höndina um hann, ok fann at hann var berfættr ok í línklæðum. Dropl. 30; cp. fóru hendr hvítar hennar um þessar görvar, Fas. i. 248 (in a verse): note the curious mod. phrase, það fer að fara um mig, I began to feel uneasy, as from a cold touch or the like.
    γ. impers. with dat.; eigi ferr þér nær Gunnari, en Merði mundi við þik, thou camest not nearer to G. than Mord would to thee, i. e. thou art just as far from being a match for G. as Mord is to thee, Nj. 37; þá ferr honum sem öðrum, it came to pass with him as with others, 172; þá mun mér first um fara, I shall fall much short of that, Fms. vi. 362; því betr er þeim ferr öllum verr at, the worse they fare the better I am pleased, Nj. 217.
    V. reflex., esp. of a journey, to fare well; fórsk þeim vel, they fared well, Eg. 392, Fms. xi. 22; honum fersk vel vegrinn, he proceeded well on his journey, ii. 81; hafði allt farizt vel at, all had fared well, they had had a prosperous journey, Íb. 10; fórsk þeim þá seint um daginn, they proceeded slowly, Eg. 544; mönnum fórsk eigi vel um fenit, Fms. vii. 149; hversu þeim hafði farizk, Nj. 90; at þeim færisk vel, Ísl. ii. 343, 208, v. l.: the phrase, hamri fórsk í hægri hönd, he grasped the hammer in his right hand, Bragi; farask lönd undir, to subdue lands, Hkr. i. 134, v. l. (in a verse).
    2. recipr., farask hjá, to go beside one another, miss one another, pass without meeting, Nj. 9; farask á mis, id., farask í móti, to march against one another, of two hosts; þat bar svá til at hvárigir vissu til annarra ok fórusk þó í móti, Fms. viii. 63, x. 46, Fas. ii. 515.
    VI. part.,
    1. act., koma farandi, to come of a sudden or by chance; þá kómu hjarðsveinar þar at farandi, some shepherds just came, Eg. 380; Moses kom farandi til fólksins, Sks. 574; koma inn farandi, 369, Fbr. 25.
    2. pass. farinn, in the phrase, á förnum vegi, on ‘wayfaring,’ i. e. in travelling, passing by; finna e-n á förnum vegi, Nj. 258, K. Þ. K. 6; kveðja fjárins á förnum vegi, Grág. i. 403; also, fara um farinn veg, to pass on one’s journey; of the sun. sól var skamt farin, the sun was little advanced, i. e. early in the morning, Fms. xi. 267, viii. 146; þá var dagr alljós ok sól farin, broad day and sun high in the sky, Eg. 219; also impers., sól (dat.) var skamt farit, Úlf. 4. 10: the phrase, aldri farinn, stricken in years, Sturl. i. 212; vel farinn í andliti, well-favoured, Ld. 274; vel at orði farinn, well spoken, eloquent, Fms. xi. 193; mod., vel orði, máli farinn, and so Ld. 122; gone, þar eru baugar farnir, Grág. ii. 172; þó fætrnir sé farnir, Fas. iii. 308.
    β. impers. in the phrase, e-m er þannig farit, one is so and so; veðri var þannig farit, at …, the winter was such, that …, Fms. xi. 34; veðri var svá farit at myrkt var um at litask, i. e. the weather was gloomy, Grett. 111; hversu landinu er farit, what is the condition of the country, Sks. 181; henni er þannig farit, at hón er mikil ey, löng …, ( the island) is so shapen, that it is large and long, Hkr. ii. 188; er eigi einn veg farit úgæfu okkari, our ill-luck is not of one piece, Nj. 183: metaph. of state, disposition, character, er hánum vel farit, he is a well-favoured man, 15; undarliga er yðr farit, ye are strange men, 154; honum var svá farit, at hann var vesal-menni, Boll. 352: adding the prepp. at, til, þeim var úlíkt farit at í mörgu, they were at variance in many respects, Hkr. iii. 97; nú er annan veg til farit, now matters are altered, Nj. 226; nú er svá til farit, at ek vil …, now the case is, that I wish …, Eg. 714; hér er þannig til farit, … at leiðin, 582; þar var þannig til farit, Fms. xi. 34. ☞ Hence comes the mod. form varið (v instead of f), which also occurs in MSS. of the 15th century—veðri var svá varit, Sd. 181; ér honum vel varið, Lv. 80, Ld. 266, v. l.; svá er til varið, Sks. 223, 224,—all of them paper MSS. The phrase, e-m er nær farit, one is pressed; svá var honum nær farit af öllu samt, vökum ok föstu, he was nearly overcome from want of sleep and fasting.
    B. TRANS.
    I. with acc.:
    1. to visit; fara land herskildi, brandi, etc., to visit a land with ‘war-shield,’ fire, etc., i. e. devastate it; gékk siðan á land upp með liði sínu, ok fór allt herskildi, Fms. i. 131; land þetta mundi herskildi farit, ok leggjask undir útlenda höfðingja, iv. 357; (hann) lét Halland farit brandi, vii. 4 (in a verse); hann fór lvist eldi, 41 (in a verse); hann hefir farit öll eylönd brandi, 46 (in a verse); fara hungri hörund, to emaciate the body, of an ascetic, Sl. 71.
    2. to overtake, with acc.; hann gat ekki farit hann, he could not overtake ( catch) him, 623. 17; tunglit ferr sólina, the moon overtakes the sun, Rb. 116; áðr hana Fenrir fari, before Fenrir overtakes her, Vþm. 46, 47; knegut oss fálur fara, ye witches cannot take us, Hkv. Hjörv. 13; hann gat farit fjóra menn af liði Steinólfs, ok drap þá alla, … hann gat farit þá hjá Steinólfsdal, Gullþ. 29; hann reið eptir þeim, ok gat farit þá út hjá Svelgsá, milli ok Hóla, Eb. 180; Án hrísmagi var þeirra skjótastr ok getr farit sveininn, Ld. 242; viku þeir þá enn undan sem skjótast svá at Danir gátu eigi farit þá, Fms. (Knytl. S.) xi. 377 (MS., in the Ed. wrongly altered to náð þeim); hérinn hljóp undan, ok gátu hundarnir ekki farit hann (Ed. fráit wrongly), Fas. iii. 374; ok renna allir eptir þeim manni er víg vakti, … ok verðr hann farinn, Gþl. 146: cp. the phrase, vera farinn, to dwell, live, to be found here and there; þótt hann sé firr um farinn, Hm. 33.
    II. with dat. to destroy, make to perish; f. sér, to make away with oneself; kona hans fór sér í dísar-sal, she killed herself, Fas. i. 527; hón varð stygg ok vildi fara sér, Landn. (Hb.) 55; ef þér gangit fyrir hamra ofan ok farit yðr sjálfir, Fms. viii. 53; hví ætla menn at hann mundi vilja f. sér sjálfr, iii. 59; fara lífi, fjörvi, öndu, id.; skal hann heldr eta, en fara öndu sinni, than starve oneself to death, K. Þ. K. 130; ok verðr þá þínu fjörvi um farit, Lv. 57, Ýt. 20, Fas. i. 426 (in a verse), cp. Hkv. Hjörv. 13; mínu fjörvi at fara, Fm. 5; þú hefir sigr vegit, ok Fáfni (dat.) um farit, 23; farit hafði hann allri ætt Geirmímis, Hkv. 1. 14; ok létu hans fjörvi farit, Sól. 22; hann hafði farit mörgum manni, O. H. L. 11.
    β. to forfeit; fara sýknu sinni, Grág. i. 98; fara löndum ok lausafé, ii. 167.
    2. reflex. to perish (but esp. freq. in the sense to be drowned, perish in the sea); farask af sulti, to die of hunger, Fms. ii. 226; fellr fjöldi manns í díkit ok farask þar, v. 281; fórusk sex hundruð Vinda skipa, xi. 369; alls fórusk níu menn, Ísl. ii. 385; mun heimr farask, Eluc. 43; þá er himin ok jörð hefir farisk, Edda 12; farask af hita, mæði, Fms. ix. 47; fórsk þar byrðingrinn, 307; hvar þess er menn farask, Grág. i. 219; heldr enn at fólk Guðs farisk af mínum völdum, Sks. 732: of cattle, ef fé hins hefir troðisk eðr farisk á þá lund sem nú var tínt, Grág. ii. 286.
    β. metaph., fersk nú vinátta ykkur, your friendship is done with, Band. 12.
    γ. the phrase, farask fyrir, to come to naught, Nj. 131; at síðr mun fyrir farask nokkut stórræði, Ísl. ii. 340; en fyrir fórusk málagjöldin af konungi, the payment never took place, Fms. v. 278; lét ek þetta verk fyrir farask, vii. 158; þá mun þat fyrir farask, Fs. 20; en fyrir fórsk þat þó þau misseri, Sd. 150: in mod. usage (N. T.), to perish.
    δ. in act. rarely, and perhaps only a misspelling: frá því er féit fór (fórsk better), K. Þ. K. 132; fóru (better fórusk, were drowned) margir Íslenzkir menn, Bs. i. 436.
    3. part. farinn, as adj. gone, undone; nú eru vér farnir, nema …, Lv. 83; hans tafl var mjök svá farit, his game was almost lost, Fas. i. 523; þá er farnir vóru forstöðumenn Tróju, when the defenders of Troy were dead and gone, Ver. 36; tungl farit, a ‘dead moon,’ i. e. new moon, Rb. 34; farinn af sulti ok mæði, Fms. viii. 53; farinn at e-u, ruined in a thing, having lost it; farnir at hamingju, luckless, iv. 73; f. at vistum, xi. 33; f. at lausa-fé;. iii. 117: in some cases uncertain whether the participle does not belong to A.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FARA

  • 73 welcome

    1. interjection

    welcome home/to England! — willkommen zu Hause/in England!

    2. noun
    1) Willkommen, das

    outstay or overstay one's welcome — zu lange bleiben

    2) (reception) Empfang, der

    give somebody a warm welcome — (iron.) jemanden gebührend empfangen (iron.)

    3. transitive verb
    begrüßen; willkommen heißen (geh.)
    4. adjective
    1) willkommen; gefällig [Anblick]

    make somebody [feel] welcome — jemandem das Gefühl geben od. vermitteln, willkommen zu sein

    2) pred.

    you're welcome to take it — du kannst es gern nehmen

    you're welcome — (it was no trouble) gern geschehen!; keine Ursache!

    if you want to stay here for the night you are more than welcome — wenn Sie die Nacht über hier bleiben möchten, sind Sie herzlich willkommen

    * * *
    ['welkəm] 1. adjective
    (received with gladness and happiness: She will make you welcome; He is a welcome visitor at our house; The extra money was very welcome; The holiday made a welcome change.) willkommen
    2. noun
    (reception; hospitality: We were given a warm welcome.) der Willkommensgruß
    3. verb
    (to receive or greet with pleasure and gladness: We were welcomed by our hosts; She will welcome the chance to see you again.) willkommen heißen
    4. interjection
    (used to express gladness at someone's arrival: Welcome to Britain!) Willkommen
    - academic.ru/93701/welcoming">welcoming
    - be welcome to
    - you're welcome!
    * * *
    wel·come
    [ˈwelkəm]
    I. vt
    1. (greet gladly)
    ▪ to \welcome sb jdn willkommen heißen
    to \welcome sb warmly jdn herzlich willkommen heißen
    2. (be glad of)
    ▪ to \welcome sth etw begrüßen
    the new appointment has been widely \welcomed die neue Ernennung ist weithin begrüßt worden
    II. n
    1. (act of friendly reception) Willkommen nt
    they were given a warm \welcome man bereitete ihnen einen herzlichen Empfang
    to be given a hero's/heroine's \welcome wie ein Held/eine Heldin empfangen werden
    2. no pl (friendly reception) [freundlicher] Empfang
    speech of \welcome Begrüßungsansprache f
    3. (expression of approval) Zustimmung f
    to give sth a cautious [or guarded] \welcome etw dat verhalten zustimmen
    4.
    ▶ to outstay [or overstay] one's \welcome länger bleiben, als man erwünscht ist
    he outstayed his \welcome as Mayor er war zu lange Bürgermeister
    III. adj
    1. (gladly received) willkommen
    ▪ to be \welcome willkommen sein
    you're always \welcome, you'll always be \welcome du bist immer willkommen
    a \welcome guest ein willkommener [o gern gesehener] Gast
    to make sb very \welcome jdn sehr freundlich aufnehmen
    the restaurant made the children very \welcome das Restaurant war sehr kinderfreundlich
    2. (wanted) willkommen; (pleasant) angenehm
    she was a \welcome addition to the team sie war eine willkommene Bereicherung für die Mannschaft
    \welcome chance [or opportunity] willkommene Gelegenheit
    \welcome change willkommene Veränderung
    most [or particularly] [or very] \welcome sehr willkommen
    that drink was most \welcome! der Drink kam gerade recht!
    3. (willingly permitted)
    ▪ to be \welcome to do sth:
    you're \welcome to use the garage while we're away Sie können gerne unsere Garage benutzen, solange wir nicht da sind
    if they want to change the rules, they are \welcome to try ( iron) wenn sie die Regeln ändern wollen, sollen sie es nur versuchen
    4. (replying to thanks)
    thank you very much — you're \welcome vielen Dank — nichts zu danken [o keine Ursache] [o gern geschehen
    IV. n modifier (drink, chocolates, gift) Begrüßungs-
    V. interj willkommen!
    \welcome, come in hallo, komm rein
    \welcome to Cambridge [herzlich] willkommen in Cambridge
    \welcome to our humble abode ( hum) willkommen in unserem bescheidenen Heim
    \welcome aboard NAUT willkommen an Bord
    \welcome back/home willkommen zu Hause
    * * *
    ['welkəm]
    1. n
    Willkommen nt

    to receive a cold/warm welcome — kühl/herzlich empfangen werden, einen kühlen/herzlichen Empfang bekommen

    2. adj
    1) (= received with pleasure, pleasing) willkommen; visitor gern gesehen attr, willkommen; news angenehm, willkommen

    to make sb feel welcome — jdm das Gefühl geben, ein willkommener or gern gesehener Gast zu sein

    I didn't feel very welcome there — ich habe mich dort nicht sehr wohlgefühlt

    a welcome addition to... — eine willkommene Bereicherung... (gen)

    2)

    you're welcome! — nichts zu danken!, keine Ursache!, bitte sehr!, aber gerne!; (iro) von mir aus gerne!, wenns Ihnen Spaß macht!

    you're welcome to it/her! (iro) — von mir aus herzlich gerne, das/die kannst du gerne haben!

    3. vt (lit, fig)
    begrüßen, willkommen heißen (geh)

    to welcome sb to one's house — jdn bei sich zu Hause or in seinem Haus begrüßen or willkommen heißen (geh)

    4. interj

    welcome home/to Scotland/on board! — herzlich willkommen!, willkommen daheim/in Schottland/an Bord!

    * * *
    welcome [ˈwelkəm]
    A int willkommen (to in dat)!:
    welcome home! willkommen zu Hause!
    B s Willkommen n, Empfang m:
    bid sb welcome → C 1;
    give sb an enthusiastic welcome jemandem einen begeisterten Empfang bereiten;
    give sb a warm welcome jemanden freundlich aufnehmen;
    he was given a hero’s welcome er wurde wie ein Held begrüßt;
    outstay ( oder overstay, wear out) one’s welcome jemandes Gastfreundschaft überstrapazieren oder zu lange in Anspruch nehmen
    C v/t
    1. bewillkommnen, willkommen heißen
    2. fig begrüßen:
    a) etwas gutheißen
    b) einen Vorschlag etc gern annehmen
    D adj
    1. willkommen (Gast, Nachricht, etc):
    not welcome unerwünscht;
    you are always more than welcome Sie sind immer herzlich willkommen;
    make sb welcome jemanden freundlich oder herzlich aufnehmen oder empfangen
    2. herzlich eingeladen:
    you are welcome to it Sie können es gerne behalten oder nehmen oder haben;
    you are welcome to do it es steht Ihnen frei, es zu tun; Sie können es gerne tun;
    you are welcome to your own opinion iron meinetwegen können Sie denken, was Sie wollen;
    you’re welcome nichts zu danken!, keine Ursache!, bitte sehr!
    * * *
    1. interjection

    welcome home/to England! — willkommen zu Hause/in England!

    2. noun
    1) Willkommen, das

    outstay or overstay one's welcome — zu lange bleiben

    2) (reception) Empfang, der

    give somebody a warm welcome — (iron.) jemanden gebührend empfangen (iron.)

    3. transitive verb
    begrüßen; willkommen heißen (geh.)
    4. adjective
    1) willkommen; gefällig [Anblick]

    make somebody [feel] welcome — jemandem das Gefühl geben od. vermitteln, willkommen zu sein

    2) pred.

    you're welcome — (it was no trouble) gern geschehen!; keine Ursache!

    if you want to stay here for the night you are more than welcome — wenn Sie die Nacht über hier bleiben möchten, sind Sie herzlich willkommen

    * * *
    v.
    begrüßen v.
    willkommen v.

    English-german dictionary > welcome

  • 74 tender

    (bid) offre f, soumission f;
    ∎ to make or put in a tender for sth soumissionner ou faire une soumission pour qch;
    ∎ to invite tenders for a job, to put a job out to tender mettre un travail en adjudication;
    ∎ by tender par voie d'adjudication
    tender document document m d'offre;
    tender form formule f de soumission;
    tender pool syndicat m d'enchères;
    tender proposal soumission f d'offre
    (a) (services) offrir; (bid, offer) faire; (resignation) donner
    (b) (money) tendre
    faire une soumission;
    ∎ to tender for a contract soumissionner à un appel d'offres

    English-French business dictionary > tender

  • 75 κελεύω

    κελεύω, [dialect] Ep. [tense] impf.
    A

    κέλευον Il.23.767

    : [tense] fut. [suff] κελεύς-σω, [dialect] Ep. inf. -

    σέμεναι Od. 4.274

    : [tense] aor. ἐκέλευσα, [dialect] Ep. κέλ- Il.20.4: [tense] pf.

    κεκέλευκα Lys.1.34

    , Luc. Demon.44:—[voice] Med., [tense] aor.

    ἐκελευσάμην Hp.Nat.Puer.13

    : more freq. in compds. δια-, ἐπι-, παρα-κελεύομαι (q.v.):—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. - ευσθήσομαι D.C.68.9: [tense] aor.

    ἐκελεύσθην Hdt.7.9

    .ά, S.OC 738, Th.7.70: [tense] pf.

    κεκέλευσμαι X.Cyr.8.3.14

    , Luc.Sacr.11: [tense] plpf.

    ἐκεκέλευστο D.C.78.4

     ( ἐκελεύθην v.l. in Hdt.7.9.ά, and

    κεκέλευμαι IG22.1121.13

     (iv A.D.), v.l. in App.BC5.141 are later forms). (A lengthd. form of κέλομαι, q.v.):—prop. urge, drive on, [

    ἵππους] ὁ γέρων ἐφέπων μάστιγι κέλευε.. κατὰ ἄστυ Il.24.326

    : hence, exhort, bid,
    2 c. acc. pers. et rei,

    σφῶϊ μὲν οὔ τι κελεύω Il.4.286

    ; τά με θυμὸς.. κελεύει (sc. εἰπεῖν) 7.68, etc.: with inf. subjoined, τί με ταῦτα κελεύεις.. μάχεσθαι; 20.87.
    3 c. acc. pers. only, εἰ μὴ θυμός με κελεύοι (sc. φείδεσθαι) Od.9.278; ὥς με κελεύεις (sc. μυθεῖσθαι) 11.507: in Prose, ἐκέλευσε τοὺς ἕνδεκα ἐπὶ τὸν Θηραμένην ordered them [to go] against him, ordered them to seize him, X.HG2.3.54; κ. τινὰς ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα ib.20:—[voice] Pass., receive orders, Arist.Pol. 1253b34.
    4 c.acc. rei only, ὃ μὴ κελεύσαι Ζεύς (Herm. for - σει) A.Eu. 618;

    ὁ νόμος τὰ μὲν κελεύων τὰ δ' ἀπαγορεύων Arist.EN 1129b24

    :— [voice] Pass., τὸ κελευόμενον commands, orders, Hdt.7.16, Antipho Soph. 61, X.Cyr.4.1.3: pl., Pl.R. 340a.
    5 c. dat. pers. folld. by inf., urge or order one to do, κηρύκεσσι.. κέλευσε κηρύσσειν .. Il.2.50, Od. 2.6, etc.; ἀλλήλοισι κέλευον ἅπτεσθαι νηῶν .. Il.2.151;

    ἑτάροισι.. ἐκέλευσα ἐμβαλέειν Od.9.488

    : in later Prose, D.S.19.17, Ceb.32.4 codd., Luc.DMort.1.1, Phalar.Ep.121.1, etc.
    6 rarely c. dat. pers. et acc. rei, τί δ' ἐστὶν ὃ κελεύεις ἐμοί; Men.Pk. 224, cf. Ael.NA 9.1.
    7 c. dat. pers. only,

    ἵπποισι καὶ Αὐτομέδοντι κελεύσας Il. 16.684

    ; cf.infr. 111.
    8 abs., freq. in Hom.,

    ὡς σὺ κελεύεις Il.23.96

    , al.;

    λέξω, κελεύεις γάρ A.Ch. 107

    ; κελεύων, opp. αὐτοχειρίῃ, Democr.260;

    κελευούσης τῆς Πυθίης Hdt.6.36

    ;

    κελεύοντος καὶ δεομένου Lys.5.1

    .
    9 c. inf. only, σιγᾶν κελεύω I order silence, S.Ph. 865;

    οὐκ ἂν κελεύσαιμ' εὐσεβεῖν Id.Ant. 731

    ; recommend, propose, Lys. 12.25, D.4.21, etc.; opp. οὐκ ἐάω, Hdt.6.109, X.Ath.2.18.
    II of inferiors, urge, entreat, Il.24.599, Od.10.17, Hdt.1.116.
    III of the boatswain, give time to rowers, c.dat., Pl.R. 396b: abs., Ath.12.535d.
    2 sing a chanty, S.E.M.6.24.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > κελεύω

  • 76 χαίρω

    χαίρω, Il.7.191, etc.; [ per.] 3pl. imper.
    A

    χαιρόντων E.HF 575

    : [tense] impf., [dialect] Ep.

    χαῖρον Il.14.156

    , [dialect] Ion.

    χαίρεσκον 18.259

    : [tense] fut.

    χαιρήσω 20.363

    , Hdt. 1.128, Ar.Pl.64, And.1.101, Arr.An.5.20.6; [dialect] Ep. redupl. inf.

    κεχᾰρησέμεν Il.15.98

    ; later χᾰρῶ v.l. in Apoc. 11.10: [tense] aor.

    ἐχαίρησα Plu. Luc.25

    : [tense] pf.

    κεχάρηκα Ar.V. 764

    , part.

    - ηκώς Hdt.3.42

    , etc., [dialect] Ep. acc. κεχᾰρηότα, pl. -ότας, Il.7.312, Hes.Fr.77:—[voice] Med. (in same sense), χαίρομαι, noted as a barbarism in Ar. Pax 291 (v. Sch.), but found in BCH36.622 (Perinthus, written χέρ-), Alex.Aphr.Pr.1.20, al.: [tense] fut. χᾰρήσομαι Ps.-Luc.Philopatr.24, ([etym.] συγ-) Plb.30.18.1, D.S. 31.15; [dialect] Dor.

    χαρησοῦμαι Pythag.Ep.3.7

    ; χᾰροῦμαι LXXZa.4.10, ([etym.] κατα-) ib.Pr.1.26; [dialect] Ep.

    κεχᾰρήσομαι Od.23.266

    : [tense] aor. 1 part.

    χαιρησάμενος BGU 742 ii 3

     (ii A. D.): [dialect] Ep. [tense] aor.1

    χήρατο Il.14.270

    ;

    ἐχ- Opp.C.1.509

    , etc.; part.

    χηράμενος AP7.198

     (Leon.): [dialect] Ep. redupl. [tense] aor. 2, [ per.] 3pl.

    κεχάροντο Il.16.600

     (

    χάροντο Q.S.6.315

    ); opt. [ per.] 3sg. and pl. κεχάροιτο, -οίατο, Od.2.249, Il.1.256:—[voice] Pass. (in same sense), [tense] aor. 2 ἐχάρην [pron. full] [ᾰ] 7.54, etc., [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.

    χάρη 5.682

    , 13.609; subj.

    χᾰρῇς Pl.R. 606c

    ; opt.

    χᾰρείη Il.6.481

    ; inf.

    χᾰρῆναι Simon.164

    ; part.

    χᾰρείς Il.10.541

    , Sapph.118, Pi.I.6(5).10, Ar.Th. 981 (lyr.), etc.; [tense] pf.

    κεχάρημαι h.Bacch.7.10

    , E.IA 200 (lyr.), Ar.V. 389 (anap.); part.

    κεχαρμένος E.Or. 1122

    , Tr. 529 (lyr.), Cyc. 367 (lyr.): [tense] plpf. [ per.] 3sg. and pl. κεχάρητο, -ηντο, Hes.Sc.65, h.Cer. 458:—rejoice, be glad, Il.3.111, 21.347, etc.;

    γραῦς ἥδε οἰνοφόρος κεχαρημένη ὧδε κάθηται IG12(8).679

     (Scyros, ii B. C.):

    χ. θυμῷ Il.7.191

    , al.;

    ἐν θυμῷ 24.491

    , Od.22.411;

    φρεσὶν ᾗσι Il.13.609

    ;

    φρένα 6.481

    ; χ. νόῳ to rejoice in wardly, Od. 8.78;

    χαίρει δέ μοι ἦτορ Il.23.647

    ;

    αὐτὰρ ἐμὸν κῆρ χ. Od.4.260

    ;

    χ. καὶ γελᾶν S.El. 1300

    ;

    ἥδομαι καὶ χαίρομαι κεὐφραίνομαι Ar. Pax 291

    ; opp. λυπεῖσθαι, A.Fr.266.3, S.Aj. 555, etc.; opp. ἀλγεῖν, Id.Tr. 1119. —Constr.,
    1 c. dat. rei, rejoice at, take pleasure in a thing,

    νίκῃ Il.7.312

    ;

    φήμῃ Od.2.35

    ;

    δώρῳ Hes.Op. 358

    ;

    μόλπᾳ Sapph.Supp. 25.5

    , cf. S.OT 1070, Pl.Mx. 238d, etc.: c. dat. pers.,

    χαῖρε.. ἀνδρὶ δικαίῳ Od.3.52

    ; with a part. added,

    χάρη δ' ἄρα οἱ προσιόντι Il.5.682

    , cf. 24.706, Od.19.463: with Preps.,

    χαίρειν ἐπί τινι S.Fr. 926

    , X. Mem.2.6.35, Cyr.8.4.12, Isoc.2.30, Pl.Lg. 739d, etc.;

    πρὸς τοῖς παιδικοῖς Eup.327

    ; with a part. added,

    ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοις κακοῖσι χ. E.Ba. 1040

    , cf. 1033: rarely

    ἔν τινι A.Eu. 996

     (lyr.), S.Tr. 1119: also c. dat. modi, χ. γέλωτι express one's joy by laughter, X.Cyr.8.1.33.
    b of a plant,

    χαίρει ὑφάμμοις χωρίοις Thphr.HP6.5.2

    ; also

    ἡ κύστις χ. τῇ χολῇ Gal.19.646

    .
    2 rarely c. acc., with a part. added,

    χαίρω δέ σ' εὐτυχοῦντα E.Rh. 390

    ;

    τοὺς γὰρ εὐσεβεῖς θεοὶ θνῄσκοντας οὐ χ. Id.Hipp. 1340

    ; χαίρω σ' <ἐλθόντα> Id.Fr. 673 (this usage is said to be Oropian, EM808.4).
    b with a neut. Adj.,

    ταὐτὰ λυπεῖσθαι καὶ ταὐτὰ χαίρειν τοῖς πολλοῖς D.18.292

    : c. acc. cogn.,

    ἁπλῆν χαίρειν ἡδονήν Arist.EN 1154b26

    ;

    χ. ἀνδραπόδων τινὰ χαράν Plu.2.1091e

    .
    3 c. part., χαίρω.. τὸν μῦθον ἀκούσας I rejoice at having heard, am glad to hear, Il.19.185, cf. 7.54, 11.73;

    χαίρουσιν βίοτον νήποινον ἔδοντες Od.14.377

    , cf. 12.380, Hes.Op.55;

    χαίρω.. κόμπον ἱείς Pi.N.8.49

    ;

    χαίρεις ὁρῶν φῶς, πατέρα δ' οὐ χαίρειν δοκεῖς; E.Alc. 691

    ;

    χαίρω φειδόμενος Ar.Pl. 247

    ;

    θωπευόμενος χαίρεις Id.Eq. 1116

     (lyr.), cf. Pl.Smp. 191e, etc.
    b c. part. [tense] pres., delight in doing, to be wont to do,

    χρεώμενοι χαίρουσι Hdt.7.236

    , cf. S.Ph. 449, Ar.V. 764, Pl.Prt. 318d, 346c, 358a.
    4 χαίρειν ὅττι or ὅτι .., Od.14.51, 526, Pi.N.5.46; ἐχάρην καὶ ἐθρασυνάμην ὅτι ἔμαθον .. Metrod.Fr.42; χ. οὕνεκα .. Od.8.200.
    II with negat., esp. with [tense] fut., οὐ χαιρήσεις thou wilt or shalt not rejoice, i.e. thou shalt not go unpunished, shalt repent it, Ar.Pl.64;

    οὐ χαιρήσετον Id.Eq. 235

    ; so

    οὐδέ τιν' οἴω Τρώων χαιρήσειν Il.20.363

    , cf.15.98, Od.2.249, Ar.V. 186; ἀλλ' οὐδ' ὣς Κῦρός

    γε χαιρήσει Hdt.1.128

    ; with an interrog.,

    σὺ.. χαιρήσειν νομίζεις; Plu.Alex.51

    : rarely with other tenses,

    ὅπως ἂν μὴ χαίρωσιν. D.19.299

    ;

    οὐκ ἐχαίρησεν Plu.Luc.25

    : for a similar use of the part., v. infr. IV. 2.
    III freq. in imper. χαῖρε, dual χαίρετον, pl. χαίρετε, as a form of greeting,
    1 at meeting, hail, welcome (esp. in the morning, acc. to D.C.69.18, cf. Luc.Laps.), Il.9.197, Od.13.229, etc.;

    χαῖρε, ξεῖνε, παρ' ἄμμι φιλήσεαι 1.123

    ; strengthd.,

    οὖλέ τε, καὶ μάλα χαῖρε, θεοὶ δέ τοι ὄλβια δοῖεν 24.402

    ;

    χαῖρέ μοι Il.23.19

    , cf. S.OC 1137; repeated, A.Eu. 996, 1014 (both lyr.), S.Aj.91, etc.;

    χαῖρ' ὡς μέγιστα, χαῖρε Id.Ph. 462

    ; in greeting one's native land, the sun, etc., A.Ag. 508,22, S.Ph. 1453 (anap.).
    b sts. implied in the use of χαίρω, κῆρυξ Ἀχαιῶν, χαῖρε .. Answ. χαίρω I accept the greeting, A.Ag. 538; νῦν πᾶσι χαίρω, νῦν με πᾶς ἀσπάζεται I hear the word χαῖρε from all, S.OT 596: so in inf., τὸ χαίρειν dub. l. in Pl.Chrm. 164e; χαίρειν δὲ τὸν κήρυκα προὐννέπω I bid him welcome, S.Tr. 227;

    προσειπών τινα χ. οὐκ ἀντιπροσερρήθη X.Mem.3.13.1

    ; but χαίρειν τἄλλ' ἐγώ σ' ἐφίεμαι I bid thee have thy pleasure, S.Aj. 112.
    c inf. alone at the beginning of letters, Κῦρος Κυαζάρῃ χαίρειν (sc. λέγει) X.Cyr.4.5.27, cf. Theoc.14.1; used by Alexander the Great to Phocion as a mark of respect, Duris 51J.
    2 at leavetaking, fare-thee-well, Od.5.205, 13.59, 15.151;

    χαῖρε πόλλ' ὦδελφέ Ar.Ra. 164

    ; pl.,

    χαίρετε πολλάκι Theoc.1.144

    ; freq. put into the mouth of the dying, S.Aj. 863, Tr. 921, Pl.Phd. 116d, etc.: hence in sepulchral inscriptions, IG7.203, etc.
    b hence, imper. χαιρέτω, χαιρόντων, have done with.., away with..,

    εἴτ' ἐγένετο ἄνθρωπος εἴτ' ἐστὶ δαίμων, χαιρέτω Hdt.4.96

    ;

    χαιρέτω βουλεύματα τὰ πρόσθεν E. Med. 1044

    ,

    χαιρόντων πόνοι Id.HF 575

    ; cf. Pl.Smp. 199a, Lg. 636d, 886d.
    c ἐᾶν χαίρειν τινά or τι dismiss from one's mind, put away, renounce, Hdt.6.23, 9.41, Ar.Pl. 1187, Pl.Phd. 63e, Prt. 348a, X.An.7.3.23, etc.;

    συχνὰ χ. ἐᾶν τινα Pl.Phlb. 59b

    ;

    ἐλευθερίαν μακρὰ χ. ἐᾶν Luc.Apol.3

    ;

    μακρὰ χ. εἰποῦσα Ael.VH12.1

    ;

    πόλλα μοι τὰν Πωλυανάκτιδα παῖδα χαίρην Sapph.86

    ;

    τὴν Κύπριν πόλλ' ἐγὼ χαίρειν λέγω E.Hipp. 113

    , cf. 1059, Pl.Tht. 188a;

    χ. κελεύων πολλὰ τοὺς Ἀχαρνέας Ar.Ach. 200

    ;

    εἰπεῖν χαίρειν τινά Ath.Mitt.56.131

     (Milet., Hellenistic), cf. Luc.Dem.Enc.50;

    χαίρειν προσαγορεύειν Ar.Pl. 322

     (metaph. in Pl.Lg. 771a);

    χαίρειν προσειπεῖν Eup.308

    : less freq. c. dat. pers. (never with ἐᾶν χ.)

    , πολλὰ χαίρειν ξυμφοραῖς καταξιῶ A.Ag. 572

     (nisi leg. ξυμφοράς)

    ; φράσαι.. χαίρειν Ἀθηναίοισι Ar.Nu. 609

     (troch.);

    πολλὰ εἰπόντα χ. τῷ ἀληθεῖ Pl.Phdr. 272e

    , cf. Phd. 64c, R. 406d, X.HG4.1.31 (codd., fort. ἀλλήλους), Jul.ad Them.255a.
    3 on other occasions, as in comforting, be of good cheer, Od.8.408; at meals, 4.60, 18.122; χαῖρε, γύναι, φιλότητι good luck be on our union, 11.248;

    εὐχωλῇς χαίρετε 13.358

    :

    χαῖρε ἀοιδῇ h.Hom.9.7

    .
    IV part.

    χαίρων

     glad, joyful,

    Il.1.446

    , etc.;

    χαίροντα φίλην ἐς πατρίδ' ἔπεμπον εἰς Ἰθάκην Od.19.461

    ;

    χαίροντι φέρειν.. χαίρων 17.83

    ; λυπούμενοι καὶ χαίροντες in sorrow and in joy, Arist.Rh. 1356a16: also [tense] pf. part.

    κεχαρηκώς Hdt.3.27

    ,42, etc.
    2 joined with another Verb, safe and sound, with impunity, χαίροντα ἀπαλλάσσειν ib.69, cf. 9.106, D.24.153; more freq. with a neg., οὐ χαίρων to one's cost,

    οὐ χαίροντες γέλωτα ἐμὲ θήσεσθε Hdt.3.29

    ;

    οὔ τι χαίρων.. ἐρεῖς S. OT 363

    , cf. Ant. 759, Ph. 1299, E.Med. 398, Ar.Ach. 563, Pl.Grg. 510d;

    οὐ γὰπ.. χαίρων τις.. τοὐμὸν ἀλγυνεῖ κέαρ Eup.90

    ;

    οὔτε χαίροντες ἂν ἀπαλλάζαιτε X.An.5.6.32

    ; also

    οὔτι χαιρήσων γε σύ Ar.V. 186

    ; cf. supr. 11.
    3 in the same sense as imper. (supr. 111), σὺ δέ μοι χαίρων ἀφίκοιο fare-thee-well, and may'st thou arrive, Od.15.128, cf. Theoc.2.163; χαίροισ' ἔρχεο go thy way rejoicing, Sapph.Supp.23.7; ἀλλ' ἑρπέτω χαίρουσα let her go with a benison, S.Tr. 819; χαίρων ἴθι fare-thee-well, E.Alc. 813, Ph. 921;

    χαίρουσα.. στεῖχε Id.Hipp. 1440

    .
    V Astrol., of a planet, occupy the position appropriate to another of its own αἵρεσις, Serapio in Cat.Cod.Astr.8(4).230, Ptol.Tetr.51, Vett.Val. 63.6, Man.2.348. (Cf. Skt. háryati 'take pleasure in', Umbr. heriest 'will wish', Lat. horior.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > χαίρω

  • 77 consortium

    Gen Mgt
    a group of independent organizations that join forces to achieve a particular goal, for example, to bid for a project or to carry out cooperative purchasing. A consortium goes on to complete the project if its bid is successful and is often dissolved on completion. This form of temporary alliance allows diverse skills, capabilities, and knowledge to be brought together.

    The ultimate business dictionary > consortium

  • 78 bad

    /bæd/ * thời quá khứ của bid * tính từ - xấu, tồi, dở =bad weather+ thời tiết xấu - ác, bất lương, xấu =bad man+ người ác, người xấu =bad blood+ ác cảm =bad action+ hành động ác, hành động bất lương - có hại cho, nguy hiểm cho =be bad for health+ có hại cho sức khoẻ - nặng, trầm trọng =to have a bad cold+ bị cảm nặng =bad blunder+ sai lầm trầm trọng - ươn, thiu, thối, hỏng =bad fish+ cá ươn =to go bad+ bị thiu, thối, hỏng - khó chịu =bad smell+ mùi khó chịu =to feel bad+ cảm thấy khó chịu !bad character (halfpenny, lot, penny, sort) - (thông tục) đồ bất lương, kẻ thành tích bất hảo, đồ vô lại; đồ đê tiện !bad debt - (xem) bebt !bad egg - (xem) egg !bad hat - (xem) hat !bad food - thức ăn không bổ !bad form - sự mất dạy !bad shot - (xem) shot !bad tooth - răng đau !to go from bad to worse - (xem) worse !nothing so bad as not to be good for something - không có cái gì là hoàn toàn xấu; trong cái không may cũng có cái may !with a bad grace - (xem) grace * danh từ - vận rủi, vận không may, vận xấu; cái xấu =to take the bad with the good+ nhận cả cái may lẫn cái không may !to go to the bad - phá sản; sa ngã !to the bad - bị thiệt, bị lỗ; còn thiếu, còn nợ =he is 100đ to the bad+ nó bị thiệt một trăm đồng; nó còn thiếu mọt trăm đồng * thời quá khứ của bid (từ hiếm,nghĩa hiếm)

    English-Vietnamese dictionary > bad

  • 79 нареждам

    (слагам в ред) put/set in order
    нареждам в редици line up
    нареждам масата set (out) the table
    нареждам по азбучен ред arrange in alphabetical order
    нареждам храна на масата set out a table with food
    нареждам дърва stack wood
    нареждам по височина line up in order of height
    поднос, на който са наредени чаши a tray set out with glasses
    нареждам си книгите/къщата/работите arrange o.'s books/house/affairs
    нареждам стая furnish a room; tidy a room, put a room in order
    нареждам хора на банкет/манифестация marshall persons at a banquet/in a procession
    нареждам войници в бойни редици line up
    войниците бяха наредени по пътя the soldiers were strung out along the road
    нареждам пасианс play patience
    нареждам си картите sort o.'s cards
    сам нареждам живота си make o.'s own life
    нареждам витрина dress/arrange a shop-window
    нареждам фигури на шах set up the board
    нареждам декори set the stage
    вж. нареден
    2. (давам нареждане, заповядвам) order, direct (s.o. to do s.th.); give orders/instructions (for s.th. to be done, that s.th. should be done); give the word to s.o.; arrange, order, decree (s.th, to be done, that s.th. should be done); have s.th. done
    3. (уреждам) arrange, make arrangements
    наредих някой да я придружи I have arranged for s.o. to escort her, I have arranged that s.o. should escort her
    нареждам среща make an appointment
    нареждам работата fix things up
    хубаво сте я наредили ирон. you've made a nice mess of it all
    нареждам децата си в живота settle o.'s children
    ще я наредим някак we'll fix it up somehow
    кой както я нареди some get on and some don't
    4. (заплашително-наказвам, отмъщавам) fix
    аз (хубаво) ще те наредя (тебе) I'll fix you, I'll settle you, I'll settle your hash, !'Ii cook your goose for you
    хубаво ме нареди you've landed me in a nice fix
    5. (плача, оплаквам) lament
    6. (в къща и пр.) settle (in), establish/fix o.s.
    нареждам се в първите редици на join the first ranks of
    нареждам се на опашката take o.'s place in the queue
    нареждаме се на опашка form a queue, queue up
    нареждам се на първо място rank first
    8. (подреждам си живота, работите)
    нареждам се в живота rise in the world, climb up the social ladder
    нареждам се на работа find a situation (for o.s.), get a job
    той винаги се нарежда he always gets the best of everything
    кой както се нареди some get on and some don't
    9. (уреждам се) get fixed up
    работите се нареждат добре things are turning out all right
    всичко ще се нареди everything will be all right, everything is going to be all right, everything will be Ok, things will come right
    10. прен. (попадам в затруднено положение) get o.s. in a mess/fix/pickle; be in a tight corner, be in hot water, be in a fine pickle
    добре се наредихме we're in a fine predicament; we're in for it now; here's a pretty go
    хубаво си се наредил a nice mess/fix/pickle you've got yourself in
    * * *
    нарѐждам,
    гл.
    1. ( подреждам) arrange; ( слагам в ред) put/set in order; (за показ) lay out; ( войски в боен ред ­ разполагам) draw out, draw up; войниците бяха наредени по пътя the soldiers were strung out along the road; \нареждам в редици line up; \нареждам витрина dress/arrange a shop-window; \нареждам войници в бойни редици line up; \нареждам декори set the stage; \нареждам дърва stack wood; \нареждам масата set (out) the table with food; \нареждам пасианс play patience; \нареждам по азбучен ред arrange in alphabetical order; \нареждам по височина line up in order of height; \нареждам си картите sort o.’s cards; \нареждам си книгите/къщата/работите arrange o.’s books/house/affairs; \нареждам стая furnish a room; tidy a room, put a room in order; \нареждам фигури на шах set up the board; сам \нареждам живота си make o.’s own life;
    2. ( давам нареждане, заповядвам) order, direct (s.o. to do s.th.); give orders/instructions (for s.th. to be done, that s.th. should be done); give the word to s.o.; arrange, order, decree s.th. to be done/that s.th. should be done; have s.th. done;
    3. ( уреждам) arrange (to do s.th.; that s.th. should be done), make arrangements; кой както я нареди some get on and some don’t; \нареждам децата си в живота settle o.’s children; \нареждам работата fix things up; той нареди всичките си роднини на хубави служби he found good jobs for all his relatives; хубаво сте я наредили ирон. you’ve made a nice mess of it all; ще я наредим някак we’ll fix it up somehow;
    4. ( заплашително ­ наказвам, отмъщавам) fix; аз (хубаво) ще те наредя (тебе) I’ll fix you, I’ll settle you, I’ll settle your hash, I’ll cook your goose for you; хубаво ме нареди you’ve landed me in a nice fix;
    \нареждам се 1. (в къща и пр.) settle (in), establish/fix o.s.;
    2. ( подреждам се) line up; draw up (in a line); войниците се наредиха в боен ред the troops drew up in order of battle; \нареждам се в първите редици на join the first ranks of; \нареждам се на опашката take o.’s place in the queue; \нареждам се на първо място rank first; нареждаме се на опашка form a queue, queue up;
    3. ( подреждам си живота, работите); добре сте се наредили ( добре сте си уредили живота) you’ve fixed yourselves up very nicely; кой както се нареди some get on and some don’t; наредил се е в живота he is a made man; \нареждам се в живота rise in the world, climb up the social ladder; той винаги се нарежда he always gets the best of everything;
    4. ( уреждам се) get fixed up; всичко се нареди много добре за него it worked out very well for him; всичко ще се нареди everything will be all right, everything is going to be all right, everything will be OK, things will come right; работите се нареждат добре things are turning out all right;
    5. прен. ( попадам в затруднено положение) get o.s. in a mess/fix/pickle; be in a tight corner, be in hot water, be in a fine pickle; добре се наредихме we’re in a fine predicament; we’re in for it now; here’s a pretty go; хубаво си се наредил a nice mess/fix/pickle you’ve got yourself in.
    * * *
    make; arrange: I'll нареждам the flowers. - Ще наредя цветята.; bid; collocate; direct{di'rekt}; dress: нареждам a shop- window - нареждам витрина; enjoin; graduate; neaten{ni;txn}; ordain; pose{pouz}; stow; trim; wangle
    * * *
    1. (в къща и пр.) settle (in), establish/fix o.s. 2. (войски в боен ред - разполагам) draw out, craw up 3. (давам нареждане, заповядвам) order, direct (s.o. to do s.th.);give orders/instructions (for s.th. to be done, that s.th. should be done);give the word to s.o.;arrange, order, decree (s.th, to be done, that s.th. should be done);have s.th. done 4. (за показ) lay out 5. (заплашително - наказвам, отмъщавам) fix 6. (плача, оплаквам) lament 7. (подреждам се) line up;draw up (in a line) 8. (подреждам си живота, работите): НАРЕЖДАМ се в живота rise in the world, climb up the social ladder 9. (подреждам) arrange 10. (слагам в ред) put/set in order 11. (уреждам се) get fixed up 12. (уреждам) arrange, make arrangements 13. 1 прен. (попадам в затруднено положение) get o.s. in a mess/fix/pickle;be in a tight corner, be in hot water, be in a fine pickle 14. 4 часа we arranged to meet at ten 15. НАРЕЖДАМ в редици line up 16. НАРЕЖДАМ витрина dress/arrange a shop-window 17. НАРЕЖДАМ войници в бойни редици line up 18. НАРЕЖДАМ декори set the stage 19. НАРЕЖДАМ децата си в живота settle o.'s children 20. НАРЕЖДАМ дърва stack wood 21. НАРЕЖДАМ масата set (out) the table 22. НАРЕЖДАМ пасианс play patience 23. НАРЕЖДАМ по азбучен ред arrange in alphabetical order 24. НАРЕЖДАМ по височина line up in order of height 25. НАРЕЖДАМ работата fix things up 26. НАРЕЖДАМ се 27. НАРЕЖДАМ се в първите редици на join the first ranks of 28. НАРЕЖДАМ се на опашката take o.'s place in the queue 29. НАРЕЖДАМ се на първо място rank first 30. НАРЕЖДАМ се на работа find a situation (for o.s.), get a job 31. НАРЕЖДАМ си картите sort o.'s cards 32. НАРЕЖДАМ си книгите/къщата/работите arrange o.'s books/house/affairs 33. НАРЕЖДАМ среща make an appointment 34. НАРЕЖДАМ стая furnish a room;tidy a room, put a room in order 35. НАРЕЖДАМ фигури на шах set up the board 36. НАРЕЖДАМ хора на банкет/манифестация marshall persons at a banquet/in a procession 37. НАРЕЖДАМ храна на масата set out a table with food 38. НАРЕЖДАМЕ се на опашка form a queue, queue up 39. аз (хубаво) ще те наредя (тебе) I'll fix you, I'll settle you, I'll settle your hash, !'Ii cook your goose for you 40. вж. нареден 41. войниците бяха наредени по пътя the soldiers were strung out along the road 42. войниците се наредиха в боен ред the troops drew up in order of battle 43. всичко се нареди много добре за него it worked out very well for him 44. всичко ще се нареди everything will be all right, everything is going to be all right, everything will be OK, things will come right 45. добре се наредихме we're in a fine predicament;we're in for it now;here's a pretty go 46. добре сте се наредили (добре сте си уредили живота) you've fixed yourselves up very nicely 47. кой както се нареди some get on and some don't 48. кой както я нареди some get on and some don't 49. лекарят нареди така it's doctor's orders 50. наредил се е в живота he is a made man 51. наредих някой да я придружи I have arranged for s.o. to escort her, I have arranged that s.o. should escort her 52. наредихме си среща за 53. поднос, на който са наредени чаши a tray set out with glasses 54. работите се нареждат добре things are turning out all right 55. сам НАРЕЖДАМ живота си make o.'s own life 56. той винаги се нарежда he always gets the best of everything 57. той нареди всичките си роднини на хубави служби he found good jobs for all his relatives 58. хубаво ме нареди you've landed me in a nice fix 59. хубаво си се наредил а nice mess/fix/pickle you've got yourself in 60. хубаво сте я наредили upoн. you've made a nice mess of it all 61. ще я наредим някак we'll fix it up somehow

    Български-английски речник > нареждам

  • 80 wish

    1. transitive verb
    1) (desire, hope) wünschen

    I wish I was or were rich — ich wollte od. (geh.) wünschte, ich wäre reich

    I do wish he would come — wenn er nur kommen würde

    I wish you would shut up — es wäre mir lieb, wenn du den Mund hieltest

    ‘wish you were here’ — (on postcard) "schade, dass du nicht hier bist"

    2) with inf. (want) wünschen (geh.)

    I wish to go — ich möchte od. will gehen

    I wish you to stay — ich möchte od. will, dass du bleibst

    3) (say that one hopes somebody will have something) wünschen

    wish somebody luck/success — etc. jemandem Glück/Erfolg usw. wünschen

    wish somebody good morning/a happy birthday — jemandem guten Morgen sagen/zum Geburtstag gratulieren

    wish somebody ill/well — jemandem [etwas] Schlechtes/alles Gute wünschen

    4) (coll.): (foist)

    wish somebody/something on somebody — jemandem jemanden/etwas aufhalsen (ugs.)

    2. intransitive verb

    come on, wish! — nun, wünsch dir was!

    wish for something — sich (Dat.) etwas wünschen

    they have everything they could possibly wish for — sie haben alles, was sie sich (Dat.) nur wünschen können

    3. noun
    1) Wunsch, der

    her wish is that... — es ist ihr Wunsch od. sie wünscht, dass...

    I have no [great/particular] wish to go — ich habe keine [große/besondere] Lust zu gehen

    make a wish — sich (Dat.) etwas wünschen

    with best/[all] good wishes, with every good wish — mit den besten/allen guten Wünschen (on, for zu)

    2) (thing desired)

    get or have one's wish — seinen Wunsch erfüllt bekommen

    at last he has [got] his wish — endlich ist sein Wunsch in Erfüllung gegangen

    Phrasal Verbs:
    - academic.ru/93821/wish_away">wish away
    * * *
    [wiʃ] 1. verb
    1) (to have and/or express a desire: There's no point in wishing for a miracle; Touch the magic stone and wish; He wished that she would go away; I wish that I had never met him.) wünschen
    2) (to require (to do or have something): Do you wish to sit down, sir?; We wish to book some seats for the theatre; I'll cancel the arrangement if you wish.) wollen
    3) (to say that one hopes for (something for someone): I wish you the very best of luck.) wünschen
    2. noun
    1) (a desire or longing, or the thing desired: It's always been my wish to go to South America some day.) der Wunsch
    2) (an expression of desire: The fairy granted him three wishes; Did you make a wish?) der Wunsch
    3) ((usually in plural) an expression of hope for success etc for someone: He sends you his best wishes.) die Glückwünsche (pl.)
    •
    - wishful thinking
    - wishing-well
    * * *
    [wɪʃ]
    I. n
    <pl -es>
    1. (desire) Wunsch m, Verlangen nt
    against the \wishes of the party members gegen den Willen der Parteimitglieder
    it was your mother's dearest/greatest/last \wish es war der sehnlichste/größte/letzte Wunsch deiner Mutter
    your \wish is my command! dein Wunsch sei mir Befehl! hum
    to express a \wish einen Wunsch äußern
    to have a \wish sich dat etwas wünschen
    to have no \wish to do sth keine Lust haben [o geh nicht das Verlangen verspüren], etw zu tun
    he had no \wish to go through the experience again er wollte diese Erfahrung nicht noch einmal durchmachen
    I've no \wish to be offensive, but... ich möchte niemandem zu nahe treten, aber...
    2. (thing desired) Wunsch m
    may all your \wishes come true mögen alle deine Wünsche in Erfüllung gehen
    to get [or have] one's \wish seinen Willen bekommen
    well, you've got your \wish, here we are in Paris nun, jetzt hast du deinen Willen — wir sind in Paris
    to grant sb a \wish jdm einen Wunsch erfüllen
    to make a \wish sich dat etwas wünschen
    3. (regards)
    ▪ \wishes pl Grüße pl
    good \wishes for your time at university alles Gute für deine Zeit an der Universität
    with best \wishes mit den besten Wünschen
    [with] best [or all good] \wishes (at end of letter) mit herzlichen Grüßen, herzliche Grüße
    to give [or send] sb one's best \wishes jdn herzlich grüßen [lassen], jdm die besten Wünsche ausrichten [lassen]
    please send her my best \wishes for a speedy recovery richten Sie ihr bitte meine besten Wünsche für eine baldige Genesung aus geh
    4.
    ▶ the \wish is father to the thought ( prov) der Wunsch ist der Vater des Gedankens prov
    ▶ if \wishes were horses[, then beggars would ride] ( saying) wenn das Wörtchen wenn nicht wär'[, wär' mein Vater Millionär] prov
    II. vt
    1. (be desirous)
    ▪ to \wish sth etw wünschen
    whatever you \wish was immer du möchtest
    if that is what you \wish, you shall have it wenn es das ist, was du möchtest, dann sollst du es haben
    ▪ to \wish [that]... wünschen, dass...; (expressing annoyance) wollen [o erwarten], dass...
    I \wish I hadn't said that ich wünschte, ich hätte das nicht gesagt
    I do \wish you wouldn't keep calling me ich möchte, dass du endlich aufhörst, mich anzurufen
    I \wish she'd shut up for a minute! wenn sie doch nur für einen Moment den Mund halten würde!
    2. ( form: want)
    ▪ to \wish to do sth etw tun wollen
    I \wish to make a complaint ich möchte mich beschweren
    we don't \wish to be disturbed wir möchten nicht gestört werden
    what do you \wish me to do? was kann ich für Sie tun?
    passengers \wishing to take the Kings Cross train... Passagiere für den Zug nach Kings Cross...
    I don't \wish to worry you, but... ich möchte Sie nicht beunruhigen, aber...
    I don't \wish to appear rude, but... ich möchte nicht unhöflich erscheinen, aber...
    without \wishing to appear overcritical,... ohne allzu kritisch erscheinen zu wollen,...
    ▪ to [not] \wish sth [up]on sb jdm etw [nicht] wünschen
    I wouldn't \wish it on my worst enemy! das würde ich nicht einmal meinem schlimmsten Feind wünschen!
    ▪ to \wish [that]... sich dat wünschen, dass...
    I \wish you were here ich wünschte, du wärst hier
    I \wished the day over ich wünschte, der Tag wäre schon vorbei
    she \wished herself anywhere but there sie wünschte sich möglichst weit weg
    sometimes I \wished myself dead manchmal wollte ich am liebsten tot sein
    to \wish oneself back home sich akk nach Hause sehnen
    ▪ to \wish sb sth jdm etw wünschen
    to \wish sb happy birthday jdm zum Geburtstag gratulieren
    to \wish sb merry Christmas jdm frohe Weihnachten wünschen
    to \wish sb goodnight jdm [eine] gute Nacht wünschen
    to \wish sb a safe journey/luck/every success jdm eine gute Reise/Glück/viel Erfolg wünschen
    to \wish sb well/ill jdm [viel] Glück [o alles Gute] /nur Schlechtes wünschen
    5. ( fam: impose on)
    ▪ to \wish sb/sth [up]on sb jdm jdn/etw aufhalsen fam
    III. vi
    1. (want) wollen, wünschen
    [just] as you \wish [ganz] wie Sie wünschen
    if you \wish wenn Sie es wünschen
    ▪ to \wish for sth etw wünschen [o wollen]
    what more could you \wish for? was kann man sich mehr wünschen?
    ▪ to \wish for sth sich dat etw wünschen
    we couldn't have \wished for a better start wir hätten uns keinen besseren Start wünschen können
    they've got everything a normal person could \wish for sie haben alles, was sich ein normaler Mensch nur wünschen kann
    * * *
    [wɪʃ]
    1. n
    1) Wunsch m (for nach)

    I have no great wish to see him — ich habe kein Bedürfnis or keine große Lust, ihn zu sehen

    to make a wish — sich (dat) etwas wünschen

    well, you got your wish —

    2) wishespl

    (in greetings) with best wishes — mit den besten Wünschen or Grüßen, alles Gute

    please give him my good wishes — bitte grüßen Sie ihn (vielmals) von mir, bitte richten Sie ihm meine besten Wünsche aus

    2. vt
    1) (= want) wünschen

    he wishes to be alone/to see you immediately — er möchte allein sein/dich sofort sehen

    I wish you to be present — ich wünsche, dass Sie anwesend sind

    do you wish more coffee, sir? ( Scot form ) — hätten Sie gern or wünschen Sie noch Kaffee?

    2) (= desire, hope, desire sth unlikely) wünschen, wollen

    I wish the play would begin — ich wünschte or wollte, das Stück finge an

    I wish you'd be quiet — ich wünschte or wollte, du wärest ruhig

    how he wished that his wife was or were there — wie sehr er sich (dat) wünschte, dass seine Frau hier wäre

    wish you were here — ich wünschte or wollte, du wärest hier

    3) (= entertain wishes towards sb) wünschen

    to wish sb well/ill — jdm Glück or alles Gute/Schlechtes or Böses wünschen

    to wish sb good luck/happiness — jdm viel Glück or alles Gute/Glück (und Zufriedenheit) wünschen

    4) (= bid, express wish) wünschen

    to wish sb a pleasant journey/good morning/merry Christmas — jdm eine gute Reise/guten Morgen/frohe Weihnachten wünschen

    5)

    to wish a wish — sich (dat) etwas wünschen

    he wished himself anywhere but there —

    3. vi
    (= make a wish) sich (dat) etwas wünschen

    to wish upon a star (liter) — sich (dat) bei einer Sternschnuppe etwas wünschen

    * * *
    wish [wıʃ]
    A v/t
    1. wollen, wünschen:
    I wish I were there ich wollte, ich wäre dort;
    wish sb further ( oder at the devil) jemanden zum Teufel wünschen;
    wish o.s. home sich nach Hause sehnen;
    wish sb to do sth wünschen, dass jemand etwas tut
    2. hoffen:
    it is to be wished es ist zu hoffen oder zu wünschen
    3. jemandem Glück, Spaß etc wünschen:
    wish sb well (ill) jemandem Gutes (Böses) wünschen, jemandem wohlwollen (übelwollen);
    wish sb good morning jemandem guten Morgen wünschen;
    wish sb (sth) on sb jemandem jemanden (etwas) aufhalsen;
    I wouldn’t wish that on my worst enemy das würde ich nicht einmal meinem ärgsten Feind wünschen; → birthday A, joy A 1, luck A 2
    4. jemanden ersuchen, bitten ( beide:
    to do zu tun)
    B v/i (for) sich sehnen (nach), sich (etwas) wünschen:
    I have been wishing for you to come ich habe mir gewünscht, dass du kommst;
    he cannot wish for anything better er kann sich nichts Besseres wünschen;
    as you wish wie Sie wünschen oder wollen
    C s
    1. Wunsch m:
    a) Verlangen n ( for nach)
    b) Bitte f ( for um)
    c) (das) Gewünschte:
    you shall have your wish du sollst haben, was du dir wünschst;
    what’s your Christmas wish? was wünschst du dir zu Weihnachten?;
    if wishes were horses, beggars would ride (Sprichwort) es hat keinen Sinn, sich Unmögliches zu wünschen; → father A 5
    2. pl (gute) Wünsche pl, Glückwünsche pl
    * * *
    1. transitive verb
    1) (desire, hope) wünschen

    I wish I was or were rich — ich wollte od. (geh.) wünschte, ich wäre reich

    I wish you would shut up — es wäre mir lieb, wenn du den Mund hieltest

    ‘wish you were here’ — (on postcard) "schade, dass du nicht hier bist"

    2) with inf. (want) wünschen (geh.)

    I wish to go — ich möchte od. will gehen

    I wish you to stay — ich möchte od. will, dass du bleibst

    3) (say that one hopes somebody will have something) wünschen

    wish somebody luck/success — etc. jemandem Glück/Erfolg usw. wünschen

    wish somebody good morning/a happy birthday — jemandem guten Morgen sagen/zum Geburtstag gratulieren

    wish somebody ill/well — jemandem [etwas] Schlechtes/alles Gute wünschen

    4) (coll.): (foist)

    wish somebody/something on somebody — jemandem jemanden/etwas aufhalsen (ugs.)

    2. intransitive verb

    come on, wish! — nun, wünsch dir was!

    wish for something — sich (Dat.) etwas wünschen

    they have everything they could possibly wish for — sie haben alles, was sie sich (Dat.) nur wünschen können

    3. noun
    1) Wunsch, der

    her wish is that... — es ist ihr Wunsch od. sie wünscht, dass...

    I have no [great/particular] wish to go — ich habe keine [große/besondere] Lust zu gehen

    make a wish — sich (Dat.) etwas wünschen

    with best/[all] good wishes, with every good wish — mit den besten/allen guten Wünschen (on, for zu)

    get or have one's wish — seinen Wunsch erfüllt bekommen

    at last he has [got] his wish — endlich ist sein Wunsch in Erfüllung gegangen

    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    v.
    wünschen v. n.
    Wunsch -¨e m.

    English-german dictionary > wish

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Bid rigging — is an illegal agreement between two or more competitors. It is a form of collusion, which is illegal in most countries. It is a form of price fixing and market allocation, and it involves an agreement in which one party of a group of bidders will …   Wikipedia

  • bid — bid1 [bid] vt. BADE, bidden, bidding; for vt. 3, 6, 8 & for vi., the pt. & pp. are always bid, bade or bid, bid [ME bidden, to ask, plead, pray < OE biddan < IE base * bheidh , to urge, compel; meaning and form merged with ME beden, to… …   English World dictionary

  • bid-rigging — This is when companies agree the outcome of a tender process amongst themselves either by deciding in advance which company will bid, who will bid the best price or what the tender price should be. Bid rigging is strictly prohibited under… …   Law dictionary

  • bid rigging — This is when companies agree the outcome of a tender process amongst themselves either by deciding in advance which company will bid, who will bid the best price or what the tender price should be. Bid rigging is strictly prohibited under… …   Law dictionary

  • Bid — (b[i^]d), v. t. [imp. {Bade} (b[a^]d), {Bid}, (Obs.) {Bad}; p. p. {Bidden}, {Bid}; p. pr. & vb. n. {Bidding}.] [OE. bidden, prop to ask, beg, AS. biddan; akin to OS. biddian, Icel. bi[eth]ja, OHG. bittan, G. bitten, to pray, ask, request, and E.… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Bid — (b[i^]d), v. t. [imp. {Bade} (b[a^]d), {Bid}, (Obs.) {Bad}; p. p. {Bidden}, {Bid}; p. pr. & vb. n. {Bidding}.] [OE. bidden, prop to ask, beg, AS. biddan; akin to OS. biddian, Icel. bi[eth]ja, OHG. bittan, G. bitten, to pray, ask, request, and E.… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Bid — (b[i^]d), v. t. [imp. {Bade} (b[a^]d), {Bid}, (Obs.) {Bad}; p. p. {Bidden}, {Bid}; p. pr. & vb. n. {Bidding}.] [OE. bidden, prop to ask, beg, AS. biddan; akin to OS. biddian, Icel. bi[eth]ja, OHG. bittan, G. bitten, to pray, ask, request, and E.… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Bid rent theory — is a geographical economic theory that refers to how the price and demand on real estate changes as the distance towards the CBD increases. It states that different land users will compete with one another for land close to the city centre. This… …   Wikipedia

  • Bid-shielding — (Deutsch etwa: Gebotsabschirmung) bezeichnet eine Vorgehensweise, die es ermöglicht, einen in einer Internet Auktion angebotenen Artikel unterhalb seines Marktwerts zu erwerben. Inhaltsverzeichnis 1 Definition 2 Voraussetzungen 3 Beispiel …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • bid|dy — bid|dy1 «BIHD ee», noun, plural dies. 1. Informal. a gossipy or shrewish woman. 2. Often, Biddy. a woman servant. ╂[< Biddy, a familiar form of the name Bridget] bid|dy2 «BIHD ee», noun, plural dies …   Useful english dictionary

  • bid — I [[t]bɪ̱d[/t]] ATTEMPTING OR OFFERING ♦♦ bids, bidding (The form bid is used in the present tense and is the past tense and past participle.) 1) N COUNT: N for n, N to inf A bid for something or a bid to do something is an attempt to obtain it… …   English dictionary

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»